華嚴經 品十五 十住品Avataṃsaka Sūtra · The Ten Abodes

〔T10 0083c29〕
心要Essence

住不是停下來,是站得住。

法慧菩薩入定,十方同名法慧的佛一齊現前,摩他的頂,令他說十住:初發心、治地、修行、生貴、具足方便、正心、不退、童真、王子、灌頂。十級台階,每級兩段——十件已經站住的事,十件為往上一級所應學的法,合為二百門。

十住的勸學段,十段都以同一句收尾:「有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故。」這是驗處。位真到了,聽見法當下自己就開;還須人替你講明白,就是還沒站住。

古德把十住配在十信之後、十行之前,稱為三賢中的下賢——那是澄觀一系的科判。經文自己只說一句:「過去、未來、現在諸佛,已說、當說、今說。」這是通衢,不是誰的特設。

最難的是第一級。一百頌之中,發心住獨佔四十六頌。

「發心功德不可量,充滿一切眾生界」

To abide is not to stop; it is to stand firm.

The bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom enters concentration; the Buddhas of the ten directions, all bearing the same name, Dharma Wisdom, appear together before him, stroke the crown of his head, and charge him to speak the ten abodes: first arousing the mind, preparing the ground, cultivation, noble birth, perfected skillful means, the rectified mind, non-retrogression, childlike purity, princehood, consecration. Ten steps, each of two portions — ten things already stood firm in, and ten dharmas to be learned for the step above; two hundred gates in all.

The exhortation portions of the ten abodes all close with one and the same sentence: “Whatever dharma he hears, he understands of himself, not through the teaching of another.” That is the test. When the station has truly been reached, what is heard opens of itself; if another must still make it plain for you, you have not yet stood firm.

The ancient masters place the ten abodes after the ten faiths and before the ten practices, and call them the lower of the three worthies — that is the outline of Chengguan's lineage. The sūtra itself says only one sentence: “The Buddhas of the past, the future, and the present have spoken, will speak, and now speak them.” This is the public highway, not one master's private arrangement.

The hardest is the first step. Of the one hundred verses, the abode of first arousing the mind alone takes forty-six.

“The merit of arousing the mind cannot be measured; it fills the whole realm of beings”

原典Canonical · verbatim

〔T10 0084〕 爾時,法慧菩薩承佛威力,入菩薩無量方便三昧。以三昧力,十方各千佛剎微塵數世界之外,有千佛剎微塵數諸佛,皆同一號,名曰法慧,普現其前,告法慧菩薩言:「善哉!善哉!善男子!汝能入是菩薩無量方便三昧。善男子!十方各千佛剎微塵數諸佛,悉以神力共加於汝。又是毘盧遮那如來往昔願力、威神之力,及汝所修善根力故,入此三昧,令汝說法。為增長佛智故,深入法界故,善了眾生界故,所入無礙故,所行無障故,得無等方便故,入一切智性故,覺一切法故,知一切根故,能持說一切法故,所謂:發起諸菩薩十種住。善男子!汝當承佛威神之力而演此法。」 是時,諸佛即與法慧菩薩無礙智、無著智、無斷智、無癡智、無異智、無失智、無量智、無勝智、無懈智、無奪智。何以故?此三昧力,法如是故。是時,諸佛各申右手,摩法慧菩薩頂。法慧菩薩即從定起,告諸菩薩言: 「佛子!菩薩住處廣大,與法界虛空等。佛子!菩薩住三世諸佛家,彼菩薩住,我今當說。諸佛子!菩薩住有十種,過去、未來、現在諸佛,已說、當說、今說。何者為十?所謂:初發心住、治地住、修行住、生貴住、具足方便住、正心住、不退住、童真住、王子住、灌頂住。是名菩薩十住,去、來、現在諸佛所說。 「佛子!云何為菩薩發心住?此菩薩見佛世尊形貌端嚴,色相圓滿,人所樂見,難可值遇,有大威力;或見神足;或聞記別;或聽教誡;或見眾生受諸劇苦;或聞如來廣大佛法,發菩提心,求一切智。此菩薩緣十種難得法而發於心。何者為十?所謂:是處非處智、善惡業報智、諸根勝劣智、種種解差別智、種種界差別智、一切至處道智、諸禪解脫三昧智、宿命無礙智、天眼無礙智、三世漏普盡智。是為十。佛子!此菩薩應勸學十法。何者為十?所謂:勤供養佛、樂住生死、主導世間令除惡業、以勝妙法常行教誨、歎無上法、學佛功德、生諸佛前恒蒙攝受、方便演說寂靜三昧、讚歎遠離生死輪迴、為苦眾生作歸依處。何以故?欲令菩薩於佛法中心轉增廣;有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故。 「佛子!云何為菩薩治地住?此菩薩於諸眾生發十種心。何者為十?所謂:利益心、大悲心、安樂心、安住心、憐愍心、攝受心、守護心、同己心、師心、導師心。是為十。佛子!此菩薩應勸學十法。何者為十?所謂:誦習多聞、虛閑寂靜、近善知識、發言和悅、語必知時、心無怯怖、了達於義、如法修行、遠離愚迷、安住不動。何以故?欲令菩薩於諸眾生增長大悲;有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故。 「佛子!云何為菩薩修行住?此菩薩以十種行觀一切法。何等為十?所謂:觀一切法無常、一切法苦、一切法空、一切法無我、一切法無作、一切法無味、一切法不如名、一切法無處所、一切法離分別、一切法無堅實。是為十。佛子!此菩薩應勸學十法。何者為十?所謂:觀察眾生界、法界、世界,觀察地界、水界、火界、風界,觀察欲界、色界、無色界。何以故?欲令菩薩智慧明了;有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故。 「佛子!云何為菩薩生貴住?此菩薩從聖教中生,成就十法。何者為十?所謂:永不退轉於諸佛所,深生淨信,善觀察法,了知眾生、國土、世界、業行、果報、生死、涅槃。是為十。佛子!此菩薩應勸學十法。何者為十?所謂:了知過去、未來、現在一切佛法,修集過去、未來、現在一切佛法,圓滿過去、未來、現在一切佛法,了知一切諸佛平等。何以故?欲令增進於三世中,心得平等;有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故。 「佛子!云何為菩薩具足方便住?此菩薩所修善根,皆為救護一切眾生,饒益一切眾生,安樂一切眾生,哀愍一切眾生,度脫一切眾生,令一切眾生離諸災難,令一切眾生出生死苦,令一切眾生發生淨信,令一切眾生悉得調伏,令一切眾生咸證涅槃。佛子!此菩薩應勸學十法。何者為十?所謂:知眾生無邊、知眾生無量、知眾生無數、知眾生不思議、知眾生無量色、知眾生不可量、知眾生空、知眾生無所作、知眾生無所有、知眾生無自性。何以故?欲令其心轉復增勝,無所染著;有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故。 「佛子!云何為菩薩正心住?此菩薩聞十種法,心定不動。何者為十?所謂:聞讚佛、毀佛,於佛法中,心定不動;聞讚法、毀法,於佛法中,心定不動;聞讚菩薩、毀菩薩,於佛法中,心定不動;聞讚菩薩、毀菩薩所行法,於佛法中,心定不動;聞說眾生有量、無量,於佛法中,心定不動;聞說眾生有垢、無垢,於佛法中,心定不動;聞說眾生易度、難度,於佛法中,心定不動;聞說法界有量、無量,於佛法中,心定不動;聞說法界有成、有壞,於佛法中,心定不動;聞說法界若有、若無,於佛法中,心定不動。是為十。佛子!此菩薩應勸學十法。何者為十?所謂:一切法無相、一切法無體、一切法不可修、一切法無所有、一切法無真實、一切法空、一切法無性、一切法如幻、一切法如夢、一切法無分別。何以故?欲令其心轉復增進,得不退轉無生法忍;有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故。 〔T10 0085〕 「佛子!云何為菩薩不退住?此菩薩聞十種法,堅固不退。何者為十?所謂:聞有佛、無佛,於佛法中,心不退轉;聞有法、無法,於佛法中,心不退轉;聞有菩薩、無菩薩,於佛法中,心不退轉;聞有菩薩行、無菩薩行,於佛法中,心不退轉;聞有菩薩修行出離、修行不出離,於佛法中,心不退轉;聞過去有佛、過去無佛,於佛法中,心不退轉;聞未來有佛、未來無佛,於佛法中,心不退轉;聞現在有佛、現在無佛,於佛法中,心不退轉;聞佛智有盡、佛智無盡,於佛法中,心不退轉;聞三世一相、三世非一相,於佛法中,心不退轉。是為十。佛子!此菩薩應勸學十種廣大法。何者為十?所謂:說一即多、說多即一、文隨於義、義隨於文、非有即有、有即非有、無相即相、相即無相、無性即性、性即無性。何以故?欲令增進,於一切法善能出離;有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故。 「佛子!云何為菩薩童真住?此菩薩住十種業。何者為十?所謂:身行無失,語行無失,意行無失,隨意受生,知眾生種種欲,知眾生種種解,知眾生種種界,知眾生種種業,知世界成壞,神足自在、所行無礙。是為十。佛子!此菩薩應勸學十種法。何者為十?所謂:知一切佛剎、動一切佛剎、持一切佛剎、觀一切佛剎、詣一切佛剎、遊行無數世界、領受無數佛法、現變化自在身、出廣大遍滿音、一剎那中承事供養無數諸佛。何以故?欲令增進,於一切法能得善巧;有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故。 「佛子!云何為菩薩王子住?此菩薩善知十種法。何者為十?所謂:善知諸眾生受生、善知諸煩惱現起、善知習氣相續、善知所行方便、善知無量法、善解諸威儀、善知世界差別、善知前際後際事、善知演說世諦、善知演說第一義諦。是為十。佛子!此菩薩應勸學十種法。何者為十?所謂:法王處善巧、法王處軌度、法王處宮殿、法王處趣入、法王處觀察、法王灌頂、法王力持、法王無畏、法王宴寢、法王讚歎。何以故?欲令增進,心無障礙;有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故。 「佛子!云何為菩薩灌頂住?此菩薩得成就十種智。何者為十?所謂:震動無數世界、照耀無數世界、住持無數世界、往詣無數世界、嚴淨無數世界、開示無數眾生、觀察無數眾生、知無數眾生根、令無數眾生趣入、令無數眾生調伏。是為十。佛子!此菩薩身及身業,神通變現,過去智、未來智、現在智成就佛土,心境界、智境界皆不可知,乃至法王子菩薩亦不能知。佛子!此菩薩應勸學諸佛十種智。何者為十?所謂:三世智、佛法智、法界無礙智、法界無邊智、充滿一切世界智、普照一切世界智、住持一切世界智、知一切眾生智、知一切法智、知無邊諸佛智。何以故?欲令增長一切種智;有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故。」 爾時,佛神力故,十方各一萬佛剎微塵數世界,六種震動。所謂:動、遍動、等遍動,起、遍起、等遍起,涌、遍涌、等遍涌,震、遍震、等遍震,吼、遍吼、等遍吼,擊、遍擊、等遍擊。雨天妙華、天末香、天華鬘、天雜香、天寶衣、天寶雲、天莊嚴具,天諸音樂不鼓自鳴,放大光明及妙音聲。如此四天下須彌山頂帝釋殿上,說十住法,現諸神變;十方所有一切世界,悉亦如是。又以佛神力故,十方各過一萬佛剎微塵數世界,有十佛剎微塵數菩薩,來詣於此,充滿十方,作如是言:「善哉!善哉!佛子善說此法!我等諸人,同名:法慧;所從來國,同名:法雲;彼土如來,皆名:妙法。我等佛所,亦說十住;眾會眷屬,文句義理,悉亦如是,無有增減。佛子!我等承佛神力來入此會,為汝作證:如於此會,十方所有一切世界,悉亦如是。」 爾時,法慧菩薩承佛威力,觀察十方暨于法界而說頌曰: 〔T10 0086〕   「見最勝智微妙身,相好端嚴皆具足,
  如是尊重甚難遇,菩薩勇猛初發心。
  見無等比大神通,聞說記心及教誡,
  諸趣眾生無量苦,菩薩以此初發心。
  聞諸如來普勝尊,一切功德皆成就,
  譬如虛空不分別,菩薩以此初發心。
  三世因果名為處,我等自性為非處,
  欲悉了知真實義,菩薩以此初發心。
  過去未來現在世,所有一切善惡業,
  欲悉了知無不盡,菩薩以此初發心。
  諸禪解脫及三昧,雜染清淨無量種,
  欲悉了知入住出,菩薩以此初發心。
  隨諸眾生根利鈍,如是種種精進力,
  欲悉了達分別知,菩薩以此初發心。
  一切眾生種種解,心所好樂各差別,
  如是無量欲悉知,菩薩以此初發心。
  眾生諸界各差別,一切世間無有量,
  欲悉了知其體性,菩薩以此初發心。
  一切有為諸行道,一一皆有所至處,
  悉欲了知其實性,菩薩以此初發心。
  一切世界諸眾生,隨業漂流無暫息,
  欲得天眼皆明見,菩薩以此初發心。
  過去世中曾所有,如是體性如是相,
  欲悉了知其宿住,菩薩以此初發心。
  一切眾生諸結惑,相續現起及習氣,
  欲悉了知究竟盡,菩薩以此初發心。
  隨諸眾生所安立,種種談論語言道,
  如其世諦悉欲知,菩薩以此初發心。
  一切諸法離言說,性空寂滅無所作,
  欲悉明達此真義,菩薩以此初發心。
  欲悉震動十方國,傾覆一切諸大海,
  具足諸佛大神通,菩薩以此初發心。
  欲一毛孔放光明,普照十方無量土,
  一一光中覺一切,菩薩以此初發心。
  欲以難思諸佛剎,悉置掌中而不動,
  了知一切如幻化,菩薩以此初發心。
  欲以無量剎眾生,置一毛端不迫隘,
  悉知無人無有我,菩薩以此初發心。
  欲以一毛滴海水,一切大海悉令竭,
  而悉分別知其數,菩薩以此初發心。
  不可思議諸國土,盡抹為塵無遺者,
  欲悉分別知其數,菩薩以此初發心。
  過去未來無量劫,一切世間成壞相,
  欲悉了達窮其際,菩薩以此初發心。
  三世所有諸如來,一切獨覺及聲聞,
  欲知其法盡無餘,菩薩以此初發心。
  無量無邊諸世界,欲以一毛悉稱舉,
  如其體相悉了知,菩薩以此初發心。
  無量無數輪圍山,欲令悉入毛孔中,
  如其大小皆得知,菩薩以此初發心。
  欲以寂靜一妙音,普應十方隨類演,
  如是皆令淨明了,菩薩以此初發心。
  一切眾生語言法,一言演說無不盡,
  悉欲了知其自性,菩薩以此初發心。
  世間言音靡不作,悉令其解證寂滅,
  欲得如是妙舌根,菩薩以此初發心。
  欲使十方諸世界,有成壞相皆得見,
  而悉知從分別生,菩薩以此初發心。
  一切十方諸世界,無量如來悉充滿,
  欲悉了知彼佛法,菩薩以此初發心。
  種種變化無量身,一切世界微塵等,
  欲悉了達從心起,菩薩以此初發心。
  過去未來現在世,無量無數諸如來,
  欲於一念悉了知,菩薩以此初發心。
  欲具演說一句法,阿僧祇劫無有盡,
  而令文義各不同,菩薩以此初發心。
  十方一切諸眾生,隨其流轉生滅相,
  欲於一念皆明達,菩薩以此初發心。
  欲以身語及意業,普詣十方無所礙,
  了知三世皆空寂,菩薩以此初發心。
  菩薩如是發心已,應令往詣十方國,
  恭敬供養諸如來,以此使其無退轉。
  菩薩勇猛求佛道,住於生死不疲厭,
  為彼稱歎使順行,如是令其無退轉。
  十方世界無量剎,悉在其中作尊主,
  為諸菩薩如是說,以此令其無退轉。
  最勝最上最第一,甚深微妙清淨法,
  勸諸菩薩說與人,如是教令離煩惱。
  一切世間無與等,不可傾動摧伏處,
  為彼菩薩常稱讚,如是教令不退轉。
  佛是世間大力主,具足一切諸功德,
  令諸菩薩住是中,以此教為勝丈夫。
  無量無邊諸佛所,悉得往詣而親近,
  常為諸佛所攝受,如是教令不退轉。
  所有寂靜諸三昧,悉皆演暢無有餘,
  為彼菩薩如是說,以此令其不退轉。
  摧滅諸有生死輪,轉於清淨妙法輪,
〔T10 0087〕   一切世間無所著,為諸菩薩如是說。
  一切眾生墮惡道,無量重苦所纏迫,
  與作救護歸依處,為諸菩薩如是說。
  此是菩薩發心住,一向志求無上道,
  如我所說教誨法,一切諸佛亦如是。
  第二治地住菩薩,應當發起如是心,
  十方一切諸眾生,願使悉順如來教。
  利益大悲安樂心,安住憐愍攝受心,
  守護眾生同己心,師心及以導師心。
  已住如是勝妙心,次令誦習求多聞,
  常樂寂靜正思惟,親近一切善知識。
  發言和悅離麁獷,言必知時無所畏,
  了達於義如法行,遠離愚迷心不動。
  此是初學菩提行,能行此行真佛子,
  我今說彼所應行,如是佛子應勤學。
  第三菩薩修行住,當依佛教勤觀察,
  諸法無常苦及空,無有我人無動作。
  一切諸法不可樂,無如名字無處所,
  無所分別無真實,如是觀者名菩薩。
  次令觀察眾生界,及以勸觀於法界,
  世界差別盡無餘,於彼咸應勸觀察。
  十方世界及虛空,所有地水與火風,
  欲界色界無色界,悉勸觀察咸令盡。
  觀察彼界各差別,及其體性咸究竟,
  得如是教勤修行,此則名為真佛子。
  第四生貴住菩薩,從諸聖教而出生,
  了達諸有無所有,超過彼法生法界。
  信佛堅固不可壞,觀法寂滅心安住,
  隨諸眾生悉了知,體性虛妄無真實。
  世間剎土業及報,生死涅槃悉如是,
  佛子於法如是觀,從佛親生名佛子。
  過去未來現在世,其中所有諸佛法,
  了知積集及圓滿,如是修學令究竟。
  三世一切諸如來,能隨觀察悉平等,
  種種差別不可得,如是觀者達三世。
  如我稱揚讚歎者,此是四住諸功德,
  若能依法勤修行,速成無上佛菩提。
  從此第五諸菩薩,說名具足方便住,
  深入無量巧方便,發生究竟功德業。
  菩薩所修眾福德,皆為救護諸群生,
  專心利益與安樂,一向哀愍令度脫。
  為一切世除眾難,引出諸有令歡喜,
  一一調伏無所遺,皆令具德向涅槃。
  一切眾生無有邊,無量無數不思議,
  及以不可稱量等,聽受如來如是法。
  此第五住真佛子,成就方便度眾生,
  一切功德大智尊,以如是法而開示。
  第六正心圓滿住,於法自性無迷惑,
  正念思惟離分別,一切天人莫能動。
  聞讚毀佛與佛法,菩薩及以所行行,
  眾生有量若無量,有垢無垢難易度,
  法界大小及成壞,若有若無心不動,
  過去未來今現在,諦念思惟恒決定。
  一切諸法皆無相,無體無性空無實,
  如幻如夢離分別,常樂聽聞如是義。
  第七不退轉菩薩,於佛及法菩薩行,
  若有若無出不出,雖聞是說無退轉。
  過去未來現在世,一切諸佛有以無,
  佛智有盡或無盡,三世一相種種相,
  一即是多多即一,文隨於義義隨文,
  如是一切展轉成,此不退人應為說。
  若法有相及無相,若法有性及無性,
  種種差別互相屬,此人聞已得究竟。
  第八菩薩童真住,身語意行皆具足,
  一切清淨無諸失,隨意受生得自在。
  知諸眾生心所樂,種種意解各差別,
  及其所有一切法,十方國土成壞相。
  逮得速疾妙神通,一切處中隨念往,
  於諸佛所聽聞法,讚歎修行無懈倦。
  了知一切諸佛國,震動加持亦觀察,
  超過佛土不可量,遊行世界無邊數。
  阿僧祇法悉諮問,所欲受身皆自在,
  言音善巧靡不充,諸佛無數咸承事。
  第九菩薩王子住,能見眾生受生別,
  煩惱現習靡不知,所行方便皆善了。
  諸法各異威儀別,世界不同前後際,
  如其世俗第一義,悉善了知無有餘。
  法王善巧安立處,隨其處所所有法,
  法王宮殿若趣入,及以於中所觀見。
  法王所有灌頂法,神力加持無怯畏,
  宴寢宮室及歎譽,以此教詔法王子。
  如是為說靡不盡,而令其心無所著,
  於此了知修正念,一切諸佛現其前。
  第十灌頂真佛子,成滿最上第一法,
  十方無數諸世界,悉能震動光普照。
  住持往詣亦無餘,清淨莊嚴皆具足,
  開示眾生無有數,觀察知根悉能盡。
〔T10 0088〕   發心調伏亦無邊,咸令趣向大菩提,
  一切法界咸觀察,十方國土皆往詣。
  其中身及身所作,神通變現難可測,
  三世佛土諸境界,乃至王子無能了。
  一切見者三世智,於諸佛法明了智,
  法界無礙無邊智,充滿一切世界智,
  照耀世界住持智,了知眾生諸法智,
  及知正覺無邊智,如來為說咸令盡。
  如是十住諸菩薩,皆從如來法化生,
  隨其所有功德行,一切天人莫能測。
  過去未來現在世,發心求佛無有邊,
  十方國土皆充滿,莫不當成一切智。
  一切國土無邊際,世界眾生法亦然,
  惑業心樂各差別,依彼而發菩提意。
  始求佛道一念心,世間眾生及二乘,
  斯等尚亦不能知,何況所餘功德行!
  十方所有諸世界,能以一毛悉稱舉,
  彼人能知此佛子,趣向如來智慧行。
  十方所有諸大海,悉以毛端滴令盡,
  彼人能知此佛子,一念所修功德行。
  一切世界抹為塵,悉能分別知其數,
  如是之人乃能見,此諸菩薩所行道。
  去來現在十方佛,一切獨覺及聲聞,
  悉以種種妙辯才,開示初發菩提心。
  發心功德不可量,充滿一切眾生界,
  眾智共說無能盡,何況所餘諸妙行!」

〔卷17〕

The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.

白話Plain reading

入定:法慧菩薩入菩薩無量方便三昧

那時,法慧菩薩承著佛的威力,進入了「菩薩無量方便三昧」(一種攝心不亂而具足無量善巧的禪定)。

諸佛現前:十方同號法慧的佛共加其力

因為這三昧之力,十方每一方各過千佛剎微塵數那麼多世界之外,都有千佛剎微塵數那麼多的佛,全都同一個名號,叫作法慧。他們一齊在法慧菩薩面前顯現,告訴法慧菩薩說:

「好啊!好啊!善男子!你能進入這菩薩無量方便三昧。善男子!十方每一方各千佛剎微塵數那麼多的佛,全都以神力一同加持於你。又因為毘盧遮那如來往昔的願力、威神之力,以及你自己所修的善根之力,所以能入這個三昧,讓你說法。這是為了增長佛的智慧的緣故,為了深入法界的緣故,為了善能了知眾生界的緣故,為了所入之處無有障礙的緣故,為了所行之處無有阻障的緣故,為了得到無可等比的方便的緣故,為了證入一切智的體性的緣故,為了覺了一切法的緣故,為了了知一切眾生根性的緣故,為了能任持而演說一切法的緣故——所要說的,就是:發起諸位菩薩的十種住。善男子!你應當承著佛的威神之力,而演說這個法。」

加分(澄觀科):授十種智,申手摩頂

這時,諸佛就給予法慧菩薩十種智:無礙智(於一切法通達無滯)、無著智(不繫著於所知)、無斷智(相續不間斷)、無癡智(不迷闇)、無異智(不變異、不歧出)、無失智(不忘不誤)、無量智(不可限量)、無勝智(無有能勝過它的)、無懈智(不疲怠)、無奪智(不被奪去、不可傾動)。為什麼呢?因為這三昧的力量,法本來就是這樣的緣故。

這時,諸佛各各伸出右手,摩法慧菩薩的頭頂。

起分(澄觀科):法慧從定而起,告諸菩薩

法慧菩薩隨即從禪定中起來,告訴在座諸位菩薩說:

本分總標(澄觀科):菩薩住處廣大,與法界虛空等

「佛子!菩薩安住之處廣大,與法界、虛空一樣。佛子!菩薩安住在三世諸佛的家中;那菩薩所住的境地,我如今就要說。諸位佛子!菩薩的住有十種,過去、未來、現在的諸佛,已經說過、將要說、現在正說。

列名:十住之名

「是哪十種呢?就是:初發心住、治地住、修行住、生貴住、具足方便住、正心住、不退住、童真住、王子住、灌頂住。這就叫作菩薩十住,是過去、未來、現在諸佛所說的。

住一 發心住:緣十種難得法而發心

「佛子!什麼是菩薩的發心住呢?這位菩薩見到佛世尊形貌端正莊嚴,色相圓滿具足,人人樂於瞻仰,難得值遇,具有大威力;或者見到佛的神足(自在無礙的神變);或者聽聞佛為人授記分別;或者聽受佛的教誡;或者見到眾生正受種種劇烈的苦;或者聽聞如來廣大的佛法——因此發起菩提心,追求一切智。

「這位菩薩緣著十種難得之法而發起這個心。是哪十種呢?就是:是處非處智(知何者為道理所在、何者為道理所無的智慧)、善惡業報智(知一切善惡業與其果報的智慧)、諸根勝劣智(知眾生根性優劣的智慧)、種種解差別智(知眾生見解千差萬別的智慧)、種種界差別智(知眾生種性體類差別的智慧)、一切至處道智(知一切行門各通向何處的智慧)、諸禪解脫三昧智(知一切禪定解脫三昧的智慧)、宿命無礙智(憶知過去世事無有障礙的智慧)、天眼無礙智(見一切眾生生死往來無有障礙的智慧)、三世漏普盡智(知三世煩惱普皆盡滅的智慧)。這就是十種。

「佛子!這位菩薩應當被勸勉去學十種法。是哪十種呢?就是:勤加供養諸佛、樂於安住在生死中度生、作世間的主導者而令眾生除滅惡業、以殊勝微妙之法常行教誨、讚歎無上之法、學習佛的功德、生在諸佛之前恆常蒙受攝受、以方便演說寂靜的三昧、讚歎遠離生死輪迴、為受苦的眾生作歸依之處。為什麼呢?因為要讓菩薩在佛法之中,心轉而更加寬廣;凡有所聽聞的法,當下自己就能開解,不須經由他人教導的緣故。

住二 治地住:於諸眾生發十種心

「佛子!什麼是菩薩的治地住呢?這位菩薩對於一切眾生,發起十種心。是哪十種呢?就是:利益心(欲令得益)、大悲心(欲拔其苦)、安樂心(欲與其樂)、安住心(欲令安住善法)、憐愍心(見苦而不忍)、攝受心(收攝令歸正道)、守護心(護持不令退失)、同己心(視他如同自己)、師心(以師長之心待之)、導師心(以導師之心引之)。這就是十種。

「佛子!這位菩薩應當被勸勉去學十種法。是哪十種呢?就是:誦讀溫習、廣求多聞,居於虛靜閒曠之處,親近善知識,發言柔和悅耳,說話必定知道時機,心中沒有怯懦怖畏,通達於義理,如法而修行,遠離愚昧迷惑,安住而不動搖。為什麼呢?因為要讓菩薩對於一切眾生增長大悲;凡有所聽聞的法,當下自己就能開解,不須經由他人教導的緣故。

住三 修行住:以十種行觀一切法

「佛子!什麼是菩薩的修行住呢?這位菩薩以十種行來觀察一切法。是哪十種呢?就是:觀一切法無常(生滅不住)、一切法苦(逼迫不安)、一切法空(無有實體)、一切法無我(無有主宰)、一切法無作(無有能作者)、一切法無味(無真實可貪之味)、一切法不如名(不如名字所指的那樣)、一切法無處所(無有定在之處)、一切法離分別(本離心識的分別)、一切法無堅實(無有堅固真實)。這就是十種。

「佛子!這位菩薩應當被勸勉去學十種法。是哪十種呢?就是:觀察眾生界、觀察法界、觀察世界,觀察地界、觀察水界、觀察火界、觀察風界,觀察欲界、觀察色界、觀察無色界。為什麼呢?因為要讓菩薩的智慧明徹了達;凡有所聽聞的法,當下自己就能開解,不須經由他人教導的緣故。

住四 生貴住:從聖教中生,成就十法

「佛子!什麼是菩薩的生貴住呢?這位菩薩從聖者的教法之中出生,成就十種法。是哪十種呢?就是:在諸佛之處永不退轉,深深生起清淨的信心,善於觀察諸法,並且了知眾生、了知國土、了知世界、了知業行、了知果報、了知生死、了知涅槃。這就是十種。

「佛子!這位菩薩應當被勸勉去學十種法。是哪十種呢?就是:了知過去一切佛法、了知未來一切佛法、了知現在一切佛法,修習積集過去一切佛法、修習積集未來一切佛法、修習積集現在一切佛法,圓滿過去一切佛法、圓滿未來一切佛法、圓滿現在一切佛法,了知一切諸佛平等無二。為什麼呢?因為要讓他增進,於過去、未來、現在三世之中,心得平等;凡有所聽聞的法,當下自己就能開解,不須經由他人教導的緣故。

住五 具足方便住:所修善根皆為眾生

「佛子!什麼是菩薩的具足方便住呢?這位菩薩所修的善根,全都是為了救護一切眾生,為了饒益一切眾生,為了安樂一切眾生,為了哀愍一切眾生,為了度脫一切眾生,為了令一切眾生遠離種種災難,為了令一切眾生出離生死之苦,為了令一切眾生發起清淨的信心,為了令一切眾生全都得到調伏,為了令一切眾生都證得涅槃。

「佛子!這位菩薩應當被勸勉去學十種法。是哪十種呢?就是:知眾生無有邊際、知眾生無有限量、知眾生不可計數、知眾生不可思議、知眾生色相無量、知眾生不可稱量、知眾生本空、知眾生無所造作、知眾生無所有、知眾生無有自性。為什麼呢?因為要讓他的心轉而更加增勝,無所染著;凡有所聽聞的法,當下自己就能開解,不須經由他人教導的緣故。

住六 正心住:聞十種法而心定不動

「佛子!什麼是菩薩的正心住呢?這位菩薩聽聞十種法,心安定而不動搖。是哪十種呢?就是:聽人讚歎佛、毀謗佛,在佛法之中,心安定不動;聽人讚歎法、毀謗法,在佛法之中,心安定不動;聽人讚歎菩薩、毀謗菩薩,在佛法之中,心安定不動;聽人讚歎菩薩所行之法、毀謗菩薩所行之法,在佛法之中,心安定不動;聽人說眾生有限量、無限量,在佛法之中,心安定不動;聽人說眾生有垢染、無垢染,在佛法之中,心安定不動;聽人說眾生容易度、難以度,在佛法之中,心安定不動;聽人說法界有限量、無限量,在佛法之中,心安定不動;聽人說法界有成立、有壞滅,在佛法之中,心安定不動;聽人說法界或是有、或是無,在佛法之中,心安定不動。這就是十種。

「佛子!這位菩薩應當被勸勉去學十種法。是哪十種呢?就是:一切法無相、一切法無體、一切法不可修(無有實法可修取)、一切法無所有、一切法無真實、一切法空、一切法無性、一切法如幻、一切法如夢、一切法無分別。為什麼呢?因為要讓他的心轉而更加增進,得到不退轉的無生法忍(安住於諸法不生不滅之理而不動搖);凡有所聽聞的法,當下自己就能開解,不須經由他人教導的緣故。

住七 不退住:聞十種法而堅固不退

「佛子!什麼是菩薩的不退住呢?這位菩薩聽聞十種法,堅固而不退轉。是哪十種呢?就是:聽人說有佛、無佛,在佛法之中,心不退轉;聽人說有法、無法,在佛法之中,心不退轉;聽人說有菩薩、無菩薩,在佛法之中,心不退轉;聽人說有菩薩行、無菩薩行,在佛法之中,心不退轉;聽人說有菩薩修行能出離、修行不能出離,在佛法之中,心不退轉;聽人說過去有佛、過去無佛,在佛法之中,心不退轉;聽人說未來有佛、未來無佛,在佛法之中,心不退轉;聽人說現在有佛、現在無佛,在佛法之中,心不退轉;聽人說佛智有窮盡、佛智無窮盡,在佛法之中,心不退轉;聽人說三世是一相、三世不是一相,在佛法之中,心不退轉。這就是十種。

「佛子!這位菩薩應當被勸勉去學十種廣大之法。是哪十種呢?就是:說一即是多、說多即是一、文隨順於義、義隨順於文、非有即是有、有即是非有、無相即是相、相即是無相、無性即是性、性即是無性。為什麼呢?因為要讓他增進,對於一切法都能善巧地出離;凡有所聽聞的法,當下自己就能開解,不須經由他人教導的緣故。

住八 童真住:住十種業

「佛子!什麼是菩薩的童真住呢?這位菩薩安住於十種業。是哪十種呢?就是:身的所行沒有過失,語的所行沒有過失,意的所行沒有過失,隨自己的心意而受生,知道眾生種種的欲求,知道眾生種種的見解,知道眾生種種的體性界別,知道眾生種種的業行,知道世界的成立與壞滅,神足自在、所行之處沒有障礙。這就是十種。

「佛子!這位菩薩應當被勸勉去學十種法。是哪十種呢?就是:知一切佛剎、震動一切佛剎、任持一切佛剎、觀察一切佛剎、往詣一切佛剎、遊行無數世界、領受無數佛法、示現變化自在之身、發出廣大周遍充滿的音聲、在一剎那之中承事供養無數諸佛。為什麼呢?因為要讓他增進,對於一切法都能得到善巧;凡有所聽聞的法,當下自己就能開解,不須經由他人教導的緣故。

住九 王子住:善知十種法

「佛子!什麼是菩薩的王子住呢?這位菩薩善能了知十種法。是哪十種呢?就是:善知眾生如何受生、善知種種煩惱如何現起、善知習氣如何相續、善知所行的方便、善知無量之法、善能了解種種威儀、善知世界的差別、善知過去際與未來際之事、善知如何演說世俗諦、善知如何演說第一義諦。這就是十種。

「佛子!這位菩薩應當被勸勉去學十種法。是哪十種呢?就是:法王處的善巧、法王處的軌則法度、法王處的宮殿、法王處的趣入之道、法王處的觀察、法王的灌頂、法王的力持、法王的無畏、法王的宴寢安止、法王的讚歎。為什麼呢?因為要讓他增進,心中沒有障礙;凡有所聽聞的法,當下自己就能開解,不須經由他人教導的緣故。

住十 灌頂住:成就十種智

「佛子!什麼是菩薩的灌頂住呢?這位菩薩得以成就十種智。是哪十種呢?就是:震動無數世界、照耀無數世界、住持無數世界、往詣無數世界、嚴淨無數世界、開示無數眾生、觀察無數眾生、了知無數眾生的根性、令無數眾生趣入正法、令無數眾生得到調伏。這就是十種。

「佛子!這位菩薩的身以及身所作的事業,他的神通變現,他的過去智、未來智、現在智,他所成就的佛土,他的心的境界、智的境界,都不是可以知道的,乃至法王子位的菩薩也不能知道。

「佛子!這位菩薩應當被勸勉去學諸佛的十種智。是哪十種呢?就是:三世智、佛法智、法界無礙智、法界無邊智、充滿一切世界智、普照一切世界智、住持一切世界智、知一切眾生智、知一切法智、知無邊諸佛智。為什麼呢?因為要讓他增長一切種智(遍知一切法一切相的佛智);凡有所聽聞的法,當下自己就能開解,不須經由他人教導的緣故。」

說分(澄觀科):大地震動,天雨眾供

那時,因為佛的神力,十方每一方各一萬佛剎微塵數那麼多的世界,發生六種震動。就是:動、遍動、等遍動,起、遍起、等遍起,涌、遍涌、等遍涌,震、遍震、等遍震,吼、遍吼、等遍吼,擊、遍擊、等遍擊。

天上降下微妙的華、天上的末香、天上的華鬘、天上的雜香、天上的寶衣、天上的寶雲、天上的莊嚴器具,天上的種種音樂不必敲擊而自然鳴響,並放出大光明以及美妙的音聲。就像這四天下須彌山頂帝釋天宮殿上,演說十住之法、現種種神變這樣;十方所有的一切世界,也全都是這樣。

證成分(澄觀科):十方同名法慧的菩薩來會作證

又因為佛的神力,十方每一方各超過一萬佛剎微塵數那麼多的世界,有十佛剎微塵數那麼多的菩薩,來到這裡,充滿十方,這樣說道:

「好啊!好啊!佛子善於宣說這個法!我們這些人,同樣名叫:法慧;我們所從來的國土,同樣名叫:法雲;那些國土中的如來,都名叫:妙法。我們那裡的佛所,也在說十住;法會的大眾眷屬,文句與義理,也全都是這樣,沒有增多也沒有減少。佛子!我們承著佛的神力來進入這個法會,為你作證:就像在這個法會這樣,十方所有的一切世界,也全都是這樣。」

重頌·發心住(一):頌發心之緣

那時,法慧菩薩承著佛的威力,觀察十方乃至於整個法界,而說偈頌道:

「見到最殊勝的智慧所成的微妙身,相好端正莊嚴而全都具足,這樣的尊重之身極難值遇,菩薩因此勇猛地初發心。

「見到無可等比的大神通,聽到佛為人授記說心以及教誡,看到諸趣眾生無量的苦,菩薩因為這些而初發心。

「聽聞諸如來是普遍殊勝的世尊,一切功德都已成就,譬如虛空一樣沒有分別,菩薩因為這些而初發心。

重頌·發心住(二):緣十種難得法發心

「三世的因果稱為『處』,執我等自性則稱為『非處』,想要完全了知其中的真實義理,菩薩因此而初發心。

「過去、未來、現在世,所有一切善業惡業,想要完全了知而無有遺漏,菩薩因此而初發心。

「諸種禪定、解脫以及三昧,雜染的、清淨的無量種類,想要完全了知它們的入、住、出,菩薩因此而初發心。

「隨著眾生的根性有利有鈍,如此種種不同的精進之力,想要完全了達而分別了知,菩薩因此而初發心。

「一切眾生種種的見解,心中所愛好樂欲各各差別,這樣無量的差別想要全知道,菩薩因此而初發心。

「眾生的種種體性界別各各差別,一切世間沒有限量,想要完全了知它們的體性,菩薩因此而初發心。

「一切有為的種種行道,一一都有其所通達之處,想要完全了知它們的真實體性,菩薩因此而初發心。

「一切世界中的眾生,隨著業力漂流沒有片刻止息,想要得到天眼而全都明白照見,菩薩因此而初發心。

「過去世中曾經有過的一切,是這樣的體性、這樣的相狀,想要完全了知那些宿世的住處,菩薩因此而初發心。

「一切眾生的種種結使迷惑,相續現起以及殘餘的習氣,想要完全了知而使之究竟斷盡,菩薩因此而初發心。

重頌·發心住(三):緣所求一切智發心

「隨著眾生所安立的一切,種種談論與語言的途徑,如其世俗諦的道理都想知道,菩薩因此而初發心。

「一切諸法離於言說,體性空寂寂滅而無所造作,想要完全明達這個真實義,菩薩因此而初發心。

「想要完全震動十方國土,傾覆一切的大海,具足諸佛的大神通,菩薩因此而初發心。

「想要從一個毛孔中放出光明,普遍照耀十方無量國土,一一光明之中覺了一切,菩薩因此而初發心。

「想要把難以思議的諸佛剎土,全都安置在掌中而不動搖,了知一切如同幻化,菩薩因此而初發心。

「想要把無量剎土的眾生,安置在一根毛端而不覺迫窄,完全了知無人、無有我,菩薩因此而初發心。

「想要以一根毫毛沾取海水,令一切大海全都乾竭,而且完全分別了知其中的滴數,菩薩因此而初發心。

「不可思議的種種國土,全都磨為微塵沒有遺漏,想要完全分別了知其中的塵數,菩薩因此而初發心。

「過去未來無量劫中,一切世間成立壞滅的相狀,想要完全了達而窮盡其邊際,菩薩因此而初發心。

「三世所有的諸位如來,一切的獨覺以及聲聞,想要知道他們的法而窮盡無餘,菩薩因此而初發心。

「無量無邊的諸多世界,想要以一根毫毛全都稱舉起來,如其體性相狀全都了知,菩薩因此而初發心。

「無量無數的輪圍山,想要令它們全都入於毛孔之中,如其大小都能了知,菩薩因此而初發心。

「想要以寂靜的一種妙音,普遍應和十方而隨其類演說,這樣都令他們清淨明了,菩薩因此而初發心。

「一切眾生的語言之法,以一句話演說而無不窮盡,都想要了知它們的自性,菩薩因此而初發心。

「世間的種種言音無不能作,都令他們理解而證得寂滅,想要得到這樣的微妙舌根,菩薩因此而初發心。

「想要使十方的諸多世界,其成立壞滅之相都能得見,而且完全知道那是從分別而生,菩薩因此而初發心。

「一切十方的諸多世界,無量如來全都充滿其中,想要完全了知那些佛的法,菩薩因此而初發心。

「種種變化的無量之身,多如一切世界的微塵,想要完全了達那是從心而起,菩薩因此而初發心。

「過去、未來、現在世,無量無數的諸位如來,想要在一念之中完全了知,菩薩因此而初發心。

「想要具足演說一句法,經阿僧祇劫也沒有窮盡,而令其中的文與義各各不同,菩薩因此而初發心。

「十方一切的眾生,隨著他們流轉的生滅之相,想要在一念之中都明白通達,菩薩因此而初發心。

「想要以身業、語業以及意業,普遍往詣十方而無所障礙,了知三世都是空寂,菩薩因此而初發心。

重頌·發心住(四):頌勝進所學十法

「菩薩這樣發心之後,應當令他往詣十方國土,恭敬供養諸位如來,以此使他不退轉。

「菩薩勇猛追求佛道,安住在生死之中而不疲厭,為他稱揚讚歎使他隨順而行,這樣令他不退轉。

「十方世界無量的剎土,都在其中作為尊主,為諸菩薩這樣宣說,以此令他不退轉。

「最殊勝、最上、最第一,甚深微妙清淨之法,勸諸菩薩說給他人聽,這樣教導令他遠離煩惱。

「一切世間無可等比,是不可傾動摧伏之處,為那些菩薩常常稱讚,這樣教導令他不退轉。

「佛是世間的大力之主,具足一切諸種功德,令諸菩薩安住在這裡面,以此教導而成為殊勝的丈夫。

「無量無邊的諸佛之所,全都能夠往詣而親近,常常被諸佛所攝受,這樣教導令他不退轉。

「所有寂靜的種種三昧,全都演說暢達而無有遺餘,為那些菩薩這樣宣說,以此令他不退轉。

「摧滅諸有的生死之輪,轉動清淨的微妙法輪,一切世間都無所執著,為諸菩薩這樣宣說。

「一切眾生墮在惡道,被無量的重苦所纏縛逼迫,給他們作救護與歸依之處,為諸菩薩這樣宣說。

重頌·發心住(五):總結

「這就是菩薩的發心住,一心一意志求無上之道,如同我所說的教誨之法,一切諸佛也都是這樣。

重頌·治地住

「第二治地住的菩薩,應當發起這樣的心:願十方一切的眾生,全都隨順如來的教法。

「利益心、大悲心、安樂心,安住心、憐愍心、攝受心,守護眾生的心、視他如己的心,師心以及導師心。

「已經安住這樣殊勝微妙的心,接著令他誦讀溫習、廣求多聞,常樂於寂靜而正思惟,親近一切善知識。

「發言柔和悅耳而離於粗獷,說話必定知道時機而無所畏懼,通達於義理而如法修行,遠離愚昧迷惑而心不動搖。

「這是初學者的菩提之行,能行此行的才是真佛子,我如今宣說他所應行的,這樣的佛子應當勤加修學。

重頌·修行住

「第三修行住的菩薩,應當依照佛的教法勤加觀察:諸法無常、是苦、以及是空,沒有我、沒有人、沒有動作。

「一切諸法不可愛樂,不如名字所指、沒有處所,無所分別、沒有真實,這樣觀察的人名為菩薩。

「接著令他觀察眾生界,以及勸他觀察法界,世界的差別窮盡無餘,對於那些都應當勸他觀察。

「十方世界以及虛空,所有的地、水與火、風,欲界、色界、無色界,都勸他觀察而令窮盡。

「觀察那些界各各的差別,以及它們的體性都究竟明了,得到這樣的教導而勤加修行,這就名為真佛子。

重頌·生貴住

「第四生貴住的菩薩,從諸聖者的教法而出生,了達諸有一無所有,超過那些法而生於法界。

「信佛堅固而不可破壞,觀法寂滅而心得安住,隨順一切眾生而全都了知,知其體性虛妄沒有真實。

「世間的剎土、業以及果報,生死與涅槃也都是這樣,佛子對於法這樣觀察,從佛親生所以名為佛子。

「過去、未來、現在世,其中所有的諸種佛法,了知它、積集它以及圓滿它,這樣修學令得究竟。

「三世一切的諸位如來,能夠隨順觀察而知其全然平等,種種差別了不可得,這樣觀察的人通達三世。

「如同我所稱揚讚歎的,這是第四住的種種功德,若能依法勤加修行,速能成就無上的佛菩提。

重頌·具足方便住

「從此第五的諸位菩薩,說名為具足方便住,深入無量的善巧方便,發生究竟的功德事業。

「菩薩所修的種種福德,全都是為了救護諸多群生,專心利益並且給予安樂,一向哀愍而令他們得度脫。

「為一切世間除去眾難,引導他們出離諸有而令歡喜,一一調伏而無所遺漏,都令他們具足德行趣向涅槃。

「一切眾生沒有邊際,無量、無數、不可思議,以及不可稱、不可量等,聽受如來這樣的法。

「這第五住的真佛子,成就方便而度化眾生,是一切功德的大智之尊,以這樣的法而為人開示。

重頌·正心住

「第六正心圓滿住,對於法的自性沒有迷惑,正念思惟而遠離分別,一切天人都不能動搖他。

「聽到讚歎毀謗佛與佛法、菩薩以及菩薩所行之行,眾生有限量或是無限量,有垢染無垢染、難度或易度,

「法界的大小以及成立壞滅,或是有、或是無,心都不動搖,過去、未來、如今現在,如實憶念思惟而恆常決定。

「一切諸法都是無相,無體、無性、空而無實,如幻如夢而離於分別,常樂於聽聞這樣的義理。

重頌·不退住

「第七不退轉的菩薩,對於佛以及法、菩薩之行,或是有、或是無、出離或不出離,雖然聽到這些說法也不退轉。

「過去、未來、現在世,一切諸佛是有或是無,佛智有窮盡或無窮盡,三世是一相或是種種相,

「一即是多、多即是一,文隨順於義、義隨順於文,這樣一切輾轉相成,這不退之人應當為他宣說。

「若說法有相以及無相,若說法有性以及無性,種種差別互相隸屬,這個人聽了之後便得究竟。

重頌·童真住

「第八菩薩的童真住,身業、語業、意業之行都已具足,一切清淨而沒有種種過失,隨自己的心意受生而得自在。

「知道眾生心中所愛樂的,種種意解各各差別,以及他們所有的一切法,還有十方國土成立壞滅之相。

「獲得迅速的微妙神通,在一切處中隨念而往,在諸佛之所聽聞法要,讚歎修行而無有懈倦。

「了知一切諸佛的國土,震動它、加持它也觀察它,超過的佛土不可限量,遊行的世界無有邊數。

「阿僧祇那麼多的法都能諮問,所欲受的身都得自在,言音善巧無不周遍,承事無數的諸佛。

重頌·王子住

「第九菩薩的王子住,能見眾生受生的差別,煩惱的現起與習氣無不了知,所行的方便都善能明了。

「諸法各異、威儀有別,世界不同、前際後際有異,如其世俗諦與第一義諦,全都善能了知而無有遺餘。

「法王善巧安立之處,隨其處所所有之法,法王的宮殿如何趣入,以及在其中所觀所見。

「法王所有的灌頂之法,神力加持而無有怯畏,宴寢的宮室以及讚譽之事,以這些來教誨法王之子。

「這樣為他宣說而無不窮盡,並令他的心無所執著,對這一切了知而修習正念,一切諸佛便現在他面前。

重頌·灌頂住

「第十灌頂的真佛子,成就圓滿最上第一之法,十方無數的諸多世界,全都能夠震動而光明普照。

「住持與往詣也都無有遺餘,清淨莊嚴全都具足,開示的眾生無有數量,觀察並了知其根性全都能盡。

「令他們發心、調伏也無有邊際,都令他們趣向大菩提,一切法界全都觀察,十方國土全都往詣。

「其中的身以及身所作的事,神通變現難以測度,三世佛土的種種境界,乃至法王子也不能了知。

「一切見者的三世智,對於諸佛法明了的智,法界無礙智、無邊智,充滿一切世界智,

「照耀世界智、住持智,了知眾生與諸法之智,以及了知正覺的無邊智,如來為他宣說而都令窮盡。

重頌·結歎勸修

「像這樣十住的諸位菩薩,都從如來的法所化生,隨其所有的功德之行,一切天人都不能測度。

「過去、未來、現在世,發心求佛的人無有邊際,十方國土都充滿了,沒有一個不當成就一切智。

「一切國土沒有邊際,世界、眾生、法也是這樣,惑業與心之所樂各各差別,依著那些而發起菩提之意。

「初求佛道的一念之心,世間的眾生以及二乘,這些人尚且不能知道,何況其餘的功德之行!

「十方所有的諸多世界,能夠以一根毫毛全都稱舉,這樣的人才能知道這位佛子趣向如來智慧之行。

「十方所有的諸多大海,全都以毛端沾滴而令窮盡,這樣的人才能知道這位佛子一念之中所修的功德之行。

「一切世界磨為微塵,都能分別了知其中的塵數,這樣的人才能見到這些菩薩所行之道。

「過去、未來、現在的十方諸佛,一切的獨覺以及聲聞,全都以種種微妙的辯才,開示這初發的菩提之心。

「發心的功德不可限量,充滿一切眾生界,眾多智者共同宣說也不能窮盡,何況其餘的種種妙行!」


Entering concentration: the bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom enters the samādhi of the bodhisattva's measureless skillful means

At that time the bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom, sustained by the Buddha's majestic power, entered the “samādhi of the bodhisattva's measureless skillful means” (a concentration in which the mind is gathered and undistracted and is furnished with measureless skill).

The Buddhas appear before him: Buddhas of the ten directions, all named Dharma Wisdom, sustain him together

By the power of this samādhi, in each of the ten directions, beyond worlds as many as the dust motes of a thousand Buddha-lands, there were Buddhas as many as the dust motes of a thousand Buddha-lands, all bearing one and the same name, called Dharma Wisdom. Together they appeared before the bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom and said to him:

“Good! Good! Good man! You have been able to enter this samādhi of the bodhisattva's measureless skillful means. Good man! In each of the ten directions the Buddhas as many as the dust motes of a thousand Buddha-lands all sustain you together by their spiritual power. It is also by the power of the past vows of the Tathāgata Vairocana, by his majestic and spiritual power, and by the power of the roots of goodness that you yourself have cultivated, that you are able to enter this samādhi and are made to expound the Dharma. This is for the sake of increasing the Buddha's wisdom; for the sake of entering deeply into the Dharma realm; for the sake of being well able to know the realm of beings; for the sake of there being no obstruction in what is entered; for the sake of there being no hindrance in what is practiced; for the sake of gaining skillful means to which nothing can be compared; for the sake of entering the very nature of omniscience; for the sake of awakening to all dharmas; for the sake of knowing the faculties of all beings; for the sake of being able to uphold and expound all dharmas — and what is to be spoken is this: the arousing of the bodhisattvas' ten kinds of abode. Good man! You should, sustained by the Buddha's majestic and spiritual power, expound this Dharma.”

The portion of sustaining (Chengguan's outline): ten kinds of knowledge conferred, hands stretched forth to stroke his crown

At this the Buddhas conferred upon the bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom ten kinds of knowledge: unobstructed knowledge (penetrating all dharmas without stagnation), unattached knowledge (not bound to what is known), unbroken knowledge (continuous and uninterrupted), undeluded knowledge (not benighted), unvarying knowledge (neither altering nor diverging), unfailing knowledge (neither forgetting nor mistaking), measureless knowledge (not to be delimited), unsurpassed knowledge (there being nothing able to surpass it), untiring knowledge (not growing weary), and unseizable knowledge (not to be taken away, not to be shaken). Why so? Because of the power of this samādhi, and because the Dharma is originally just so.

At this the Buddhas each stretched forth their right hand and stroked the crown of the head of the bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom.

The portion of rising (Chengguan's outline): Dharma Wisdom rises from concentration and addresses the bodhisattvas

The bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom thereupon rose from concentration and said to the bodhisattvas seated there:

The general statement of the main portion (Chengguan's outline): the bodhisattva's place of abiding is vast, equal to the Dharma realm and to space

“Sons of the Buddha! The place where a bodhisattva abides is vast, equal to the Dharma realm and to space. Sons of the Buddha! A bodhisattva abides in the house of the Buddhas of the three times; and that ground on which the bodhisattva abides I shall now speak. Sons of the Buddha! The abodes of a bodhisattva are of ten kinds, which the Buddhas of the past, the future, and the present have spoken, will speak, and now speak.

The list of names: the names of the ten abodes

“Which ten? They are: the abode of first arousing the mind, the abode of preparing the ground, the abode of cultivation, the abode of noble birth, the abode of perfected skillful means, the abode of the rectified mind, the abode of non-retrogression, the abode of childlike purity, the abode of the prince, and the abode of consecration. These are called the bodhisattva's ten abodes, spoken by the Buddhas of the past, the future, and the present.

Abode one, the abode of first arousing the mind: arousing the mind in dependence on ten hard-to-obtain dharmas

“Sons of the Buddha! What is the bodhisattva's abode of first arousing the mind? This bodhisattva sees that the Buddha, the World-Honored One, is upright and adorned in form, complete and full in color and mark, delightful for all to gaze upon, hard to encounter, and possessed of great majestic power; or he sees the Buddha's spiritual feet (the sovereign and unobstructed spiritual transformations); or he hears the Buddha conferring predictions and distinguishing them; or he receives the Buddha's instruction and admonition; or he sees beings undergoing all manner of severe suffering; or he hears the Tathāgata's vast Buddha-Dharma — and thereby he arouses the mind of awakening and seeks omniscience.

“This bodhisattva arouses this mind in dependence on ten hard-to-obtain dharmas. Which ten? They are: the knowledge of what is and is not so (the wisdom that knows what does and does not stand to reason), the knowledge of the retribution of good and evil deeds (the wisdom that knows all good and evil deeds and their fruits), the knowledge of the superiority and inferiority of the faculties (the wisdom that knows whether beings' faculties are keen or dull), the knowledge of the differences among the various understandings (the wisdom that knows the thousandfold differences among beings' views), the knowledge of the differences among the various elements (the wisdom that knows the differences of kind and constitution among beings), the knowledge of the paths that lead to every destination (the wisdom that knows to what each gate of practice leads), the knowledge of the concentrations, liberations, and samādhis (the wisdom that knows all concentrations, liberations, and samādhis), the unobstructed knowledge of former lives (the wisdom that recollects the affairs of past ages without obstruction), the unobstructed knowledge of the heavenly eye (the wisdom that sees the dying and being born of all beings without obstruction), and the knowledge of the universal exhaustion of the outflows of the three times (the wisdom that knows the utter extinction of the afflictions of the three times). These are the ten.

“Sons of the Buddha! This bodhisattva should be exhorted to learn ten dharmas. Which ten? They are: diligently to make offerings to the Buddhas; to delight in abiding within birth-and-death in order to deliver beings; to act as the guiding lord of the world and cause beings to extinguish evil deeds; constantly to give instruction by the supreme and subtle Dharma; to praise the unsurpassed Dharma; to learn the merits of the Buddhas; to be born before the Buddhas and constantly receive their embrace; to expound the tranquil samādhis by skillful means; to praise departure from the round of birth-and-death; and to be a place of refuge for beings who suffer. Why so? Because it is to make the bodhisattva's mind turn ever broader within the Buddha-Dharma; because, whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself at once, without needing to be taught by another.

Abode two, the abode of preparing the ground: arousing ten kinds of mind toward beings

“Sons of the Buddha! What is the bodhisattva's abode of preparing the ground? This bodhisattva arouses ten kinds of mind toward all beings. Which ten? They are: the mind of benefit (wishing them to gain benefit), the mind of great compassion (wishing to draw out their suffering), the mind of ease and joy (wishing to give them joy), the mind of settling them (wishing to settle them in good dharmas), the mind of pity (seeing suffering and not bearing it), the mind of taking them in (gathering them in and returning them to the right path), the mind of guarding them (upholding them so that they do not fall away), the mind that treats them as oneself (regarding another as oneself), the mind of a teacher (treating them with the mind of a teacher), and the mind of a guide (leading them with the mind of a guide). These are the ten.

“Sons of the Buddha! This bodhisattva should be exhorted to learn ten dharmas. Which ten? They are: to recite and rehearse, and to seek wide learning; to dwell in an empty, still, and open place; to draw near to good friends; to speak gently and pleasingly; to speak always knowing the right time; to have in the mind no timidity or dread; to penetrate the meaning; to practice in accord with the Dharma; to depart from folly and confusion; and to abide unshaken. Why so? Because it is to make the bodhisattva's great compassion grow toward all beings; because, whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself at once, without needing to be taught by another.

Abode three, the abode of cultivation: contemplating all dharmas by ten kinds of practice

“Sons of the Buddha! What is the bodhisattva's abode of cultivation? This bodhisattva contemplates all dharmas by ten kinds of practice. Which ten? They are: contemplating that all dharmas are impermanent (arising and ceasing, not staying), that all dharmas are suffering (pressing and unquiet), that all dharmas are empty (having no real substance), that all dharmas are without self (having no ruler), that all dharmas are without doing (having no doer), that all dharmas are without savor (having no truly covetable savor), that all dharmas are not as their names (not as their names point them out to be), that all dharmas are without location (having no fixed place to be), that all dharmas are apart from discrimination (originally apart from the discrimination of mind and consciousness), and that all dharmas are without solid reality (having nothing firm and real). These are the ten.

“Sons of the Buddha! This bodhisattva should be exhorted to learn ten dharmas. Which ten? They are: to contemplate the realm of beings; to contemplate the Dharma realm; to contemplate the world; to contemplate the earth element; to contemplate the water element; to contemplate the fire element; to contemplate the wind element; to contemplate the realm of desire; to contemplate the realm of form; and to contemplate the formless realm. Why so? Because it is to make the bodhisattva's wisdom clear and penetrating; because, whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself at once, without needing to be taught by another.

Abode four, the abode of noble birth: born from the teaching of the sages, accomplishing ten dharmas

“Sons of the Buddha! What is the bodhisattva's abode of noble birth? This bodhisattva is born out of the teaching of the sages and accomplishes ten dharmas. Which ten? They are: never to retrogress in the presence of the Buddhas; to give rise to deep and pure faith; well to contemplate dharmas; and to know beings, to know lands, to know worlds, to know deeds, to know retribution, to know birth-and-death, and to know nirvāṇa. These are the ten.

“Sons of the Buddha! This bodhisattva should be exhorted to learn ten dharmas. Which ten? They are: to know all the Buddha-dharmas of the past, to know all the Buddha-dharmas of the future, to know all the Buddha-dharmas of the present; to cultivate and gather all the Buddha-dharmas of the past, to cultivate and gather all the Buddha-dharmas of the future, to cultivate and gather all the Buddha-dharmas of the present; to fulfill all the Buddha-dharmas of the past, to fulfill all the Buddha-dharmas of the future, to fulfill all the Buddha-dharmas of the present; and to know that all Buddhas are equal and not two. Why so? Because it is to advance him, so that within the three times of past, future, and present his mind attains equality; because, whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself at once, without needing to be taught by another.

Abode five, the abode of perfected skillful means: the roots of goodness cultivated are all for beings

“Sons of the Buddha! What is the bodhisattva's abode of perfected skillful means? The roots of goodness that this bodhisattva cultivates are all in order to rescue and guard all beings, in order to benefit all beings, in order to give ease and joy to all beings, in order to have pity on all beings, in order to deliver all beings, in order to make all beings depart from every calamity, in order to make all beings come out from the suffering of birth-and-death, in order to make all beings give rise to pure faith, in order to make all beings be wholly tamed, and in order to make all beings all realize nirvāṇa.

“Sons of the Buddha! This bodhisattva should be exhorted to learn ten dharmas. Which ten? They are: to know that beings are without bound; to know that beings are without measure; to know that beings are beyond counting; to know that beings are inconceivable; to know that beings' forms are measureless; to know that beings are not to be weighed; to know that beings are originally empty; to know that beings are without any doing; to know that beings are without anything possessed; and to know that beings are without own-nature. Why so? Because it is to make his mind turn to be ever more excellent, without anything defiling it; because, whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself at once, without needing to be taught by another.

Abode six, the abode of the rectified mind: hearing ten kinds of dharma, the mind is settled and unshaken

“Sons of the Buddha! What is the bodhisattva's abode of the rectified mind? This bodhisattva hears ten kinds of dharma and his mind is settled and unshaken. Which ten? They are: hearing others praise the Buddha or malign the Buddha, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind is settled and unshaken; hearing others praise the Dharma or malign the Dharma, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind is settled and unshaken; hearing others praise bodhisattvas or malign bodhisattvas, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind is settled and unshaken; hearing others praise the dharmas practiced by bodhisattvas or malign the dharmas practiced by bodhisattvas, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind is settled and unshaken; hearing others say that beings are limited or unlimited, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind is settled and unshaken; hearing others say that beings are defiled or undefiled, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind is settled and unshaken; hearing others say that beings are easy to deliver or hard to deliver, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind is settled and unshaken; hearing others say that the Dharma realm is limited or unlimited, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind is settled and unshaken; hearing others say that the Dharma realm is formed or destroyed, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind is settled and unshaken; hearing others say that the Dharma realm either exists or does not exist, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind is settled and unshaken. These are the ten.

“Sons of the Buddha! This bodhisattva should be exhorted to learn ten dharmas. Which ten? They are: that all dharmas are without mark; that all dharmas are without substance; that all dharmas cannot be cultivated (there being no real dharma to be cultivated and grasped); that all dharmas are without anything possessed; that all dharmas are without reality; that all dharmas are empty; that all dharmas are without nature; that all dharmas are like an illusion; that all dharmas are like a dream; and that all dharmas are without discrimination. Why so? Because it is to make his mind turn to advance further and to gain the non-retrogressive forbearance of the non-arising of dharmas (abiding unshaken in the principle that dharmas neither arise nor cease); because, whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself at once, without needing to be taught by another.

Abode seven, the abode of non-retrogression: hearing ten kinds of dharma, firm and not retrogressing

“Sons of the Buddha! What is the bodhisattva's abode of non-retrogression? This bodhisattva hears ten kinds of dharma and is firm and does not retrogress. Which ten? They are: hearing others say that there is a Buddha or that there is no Buddha, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind does not retrogress; hearing others say that there is a Dharma or that there is no Dharma, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind does not retrogress; hearing others say that there are bodhisattvas or that there are no bodhisattvas, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind does not retrogress; hearing others say that there is bodhisattva practice or that there is no bodhisattva practice, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind does not retrogress; hearing others say that a bodhisattva's cultivation can bring forth deliverance or that his cultivation cannot bring forth deliverance, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind does not retrogress; hearing others say that in the past there were Buddhas or that in the past there were no Buddhas, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind does not retrogress; hearing others say that in the future there will be Buddhas or that in the future there will be no Buddhas, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind does not retrogress; hearing others say that in the present there are Buddhas or that in the present there are no Buddhas, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind does not retrogress; hearing others say that the Buddha's knowledge is exhaustible or that the Buddha's knowledge is inexhaustible, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind does not retrogress; hearing others say that the three times are one mark or that the three times are not one mark, within the Buddha-Dharma his mind does not retrogress. These are the ten.

“Sons of the Buddha! This bodhisattva should be exhorted to learn ten kinds of vast dharma. Which ten? They are: that to speak of one is to speak of many; that to speak of many is to speak of one; that the words follow upon the meaning; that the meaning follows upon the words; that non-existence is existence; that existence is non-existence; that the markless is the marked; that the marked is the markless; that naturelessness is nature; and that nature is naturelessness. Why so? Because it is to advance him, so that in all dharmas he is well able to come forth; because, whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself at once, without needing to be taught by another.

Abode eight, the abode of childlike purity: abiding in ten kinds of deed

“Sons of the Buddha! What is the bodhisattva's abode of childlike purity? This bodhisattva abides in ten kinds of deed. Which ten? They are: what the body does is without fault; what speech does is without fault; what the mind does is without fault; he takes birth according to his own intention; he knows the manifold desires of beings; he knows the manifold understandings of beings; he knows the manifold constitutions and elements of beings; he knows the manifold deeds of beings; he knows the forming and destruction of worlds; and his spiritual feet are sovereign, so that where he goes there is no obstruction. These are the ten.

“Sons of the Buddha! This bodhisattva should be exhorted to learn ten dharmas. Which ten? They are: to know all Buddha-lands; to shake all Buddha-lands; to uphold all Buddha-lands; to contemplate all Buddha-lands; to go to all Buddha-lands; to roam through numberless worlds; to receive numberless Buddha-dharmas; to manifest a body of sovereign transformation; to send forth a vast voice that pervades and fills; and in a single kṣaṇa (a single instant) to serve and make offerings to numberless Buddhas. Why so? Because it is to advance him, so that in all dharmas he gains skill; because, whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself at once, without needing to be taught by another.

Abode nine, the abode of the prince: well knowing ten kinds of dharma

“Sons of the Buddha! What is the bodhisattva's abode of the prince? This bodhisattva is well able to know ten kinds of dharma. Which ten? They are: well to know how beings take birth; well to know how the manifold afflictions arise; well to know how the residual habits continue on; well to know the skillful means of what is to be practiced; well to know measureless dharmas; well to understand the manifold deportments; well to know the differences among worlds; well to know the affairs of the limit of the past and the limit of the future; well to know how to expound the conventional truth; and well to know how to expound the truth of the highest meaning. These are the ten.

“Sons of the Buddha! This bodhisattva should be exhorted to learn ten dharmas. Which ten? They are: the skillfulness of the place of the Dharma King; the rule and measure of the place of the Dharma King; the palace of the place of the Dharma King; the entering in to the place of the Dharma King; the contemplation at the place of the Dharma King; the consecration of the Dharma King; the sustaining power of the Dharma King; the fearlessness of the Dharma King; the reposing rest of the Dharma King; and the praises of the Dharma King. Why so? Because it is to advance him, so that in his mind there is no obstruction; because, whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself at once, without needing to be taught by another.

Abode ten, the abode of consecration: accomplishing ten kinds of knowledge

“Sons of the Buddha! What is the bodhisattva's abode of consecration? This bodhisattva comes to accomplish ten kinds of knowledge. Which ten? They are: to shake numberless worlds; to illumine numberless worlds; to sustain numberless worlds; to go to numberless worlds; to adorn and purify numberless worlds; to reveal the teaching to numberless beings; to contemplate numberless beings; to know the faculties of numberless beings; to make numberless beings enter the right Dharma; and to make numberless beings be tamed. These are the ten.

“Sons of the Buddha! This bodhisattva's body and the works that his body does, his spiritual penetrations and manifestations, his knowledge of the past, his knowledge of the future, his knowledge of the present, the Buddha-lands he accomplishes, and the sphere of his mind and the sphere of his knowledge — none of these can be known, not even by a bodhisattva at the station of a prince of the Dharma.

“Sons of the Buddha! This bodhisattva should be exhorted to learn the ten kinds of knowledge of the Buddhas. Which ten? They are: the knowledge of the three times; the knowledge of the Buddha-Dharma; the knowledge of the unobstructedness of the Dharma realm; the knowledge of the boundlessness of the Dharma realm; the knowledge that fills all worlds; the knowledge that universally illumines all worlds; the knowledge that sustains all worlds; the knowledge of all beings; the knowledge of all dharmas; and the knowledge of the boundless Buddhas. Why so? Because it is to increase in him the knowledge of all modes (the Buddha's knowledge that knows all dharmas in all their aspects); because, whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself at once, without needing to be taught by another.”

The portion of speaking (Chengguan's outline): the great earth quakes, the heavens rain down offerings

At that time, by the Buddha's spiritual power, in each of the ten directions worlds as many as the dust motes of ten thousand Buddha-lands quaked in six ways. They were: shaking, shaking throughout, shaking throughout uniformly; rising, rising throughout, rising throughout uniformly; surging, surging throughout, surging throughout uniformly; quaking, quaking throughout, quaking throughout uniformly; roaring, roaring throughout, roaring throughout uniformly; striking, striking throughout, striking throughout uniformly.

From the heavens rained down subtle flowers, heavenly powdered incense, heavenly flower garlands, heavenly mixed incense, heavenly jeweled garments, heavenly jeweled clouds, and heavenly ornaments; and the manifold heavenly music sounded of itself without being struck, and there were sent forth great radiance and a lovely sound. Just as here, above the palace of Śakra on the summit of Mount Sumeru in these four continents, the dharma of the ten abodes was expounded and the manifold spiritual transformations were displayed, so too was it in every one of all the worlds of the ten directions.

The portion of corroboration (Chengguan's outline): bodhisattvas of the ten directions, all named Dharma Wisdom, come to the assembly and bear witness

Again, by the Buddha's spiritual power, in each of the ten directions, beyond worlds as many as the dust motes of ten thousand Buddha-lands, there were bodhisattvas as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-lands who came here and filled the ten directions, and who spoke thus:

“Good! Good! Son of the Buddha, you have well expounded this Dharma! We are all alike named Dharma Wisdom; the lands we have come from are all alike named Dharma Cloud; and the Tathāgatas in those lands are all named Wondrous Dharma. There too, in the presence of our Buddhas, the ten abodes are being spoken; and the assembly and retinue, the words and the meaning, are all likewise, with nothing added and nothing taken away. Sons of the Buddha! We have come, sustained by the Buddha's spiritual power, into this assembly to bear witness for you: just as it is in this assembly, so too is it in every one of all the worlds of the ten directions.”

Repeated verses, the abode of first arousing the mind (1): the conditions for arousing the mind

At that time the bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom, sustained by the Buddha's majestic power, contemplated the ten directions and the whole Dharma realm, and spoke in verse:

“Seeing the subtle body formed of the most excellent wisdom, its marks upright and adorned and all complete, such a body of honor being most hard to encounter, the bodhisattva therefore bravely first arouses the mind.

“Seeing the great spiritual penetrations to which nothing compares, hearing the Buddha confer predictions and speak of the mind and give admonition, seeing the measureless suffering of beings in the destinies, the bodhisattva because of these first arouses the mind.

“Hearing that the Tathāgatas are the universally excellent World-Honored Ones, that all their merits are already accomplished, that they are like space in being without discrimination, the bodhisattva because of these first arouses the mind.

Repeated verses, the abode of first arousing the mind (2): arousing the mind in dependence on ten hard-to-obtain dharmas

“The causes and fruits of the three times are called ‘what is so,’ and to grasp a self and an own-nature is called ‘what is not so’; wishing to know completely the true principle therein, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“In the past, the future, and the present ages, all the good deeds and evil deeds there are — wishing to know them completely with nothing left out, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“The concentrations, the liberations, and the samādhis, defiled and pure in measureless kinds — wishing to know completely their entering, abiding, and coming forth, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“As beings' faculties are keen or dull, and their powers of vigor thus differ in every kind, wishing to penetrate them completely and to know them one by one, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“The manifold understandings of all beings, and the loves and desires of their minds each differing — wishing to know all these measureless differences, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“Beings' manifold constitutions and elements each differ, and all the worlds are without limit; wishing to know completely their very natures, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“All the manifold paths of conditioned practice, each and every one having its own destination — wishing to know completely their true nature, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“The beings in all the worlds drift along with their deeds without a moment's rest; wishing to gain the heavenly eye and see them all clearly, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“All that has been in the ages of the past, of such a nature and of such marks — wishing to know completely those dwellings of former lives, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“The manifold fetters and delusions of all beings, arising in succession together with the residual habits — wishing to know them completely and to make them utterly exhausted, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

Repeated verses, the abode of first arousing the mind (3): arousing the mind in dependence on the omniscience sought

“All that is set up in accordance with beings, the manifold ways of discourse and speech — wishing to know them all as their conventional truth has it, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“All dharmas are apart from speech, their nature empty and still, quiescent and without doing; wishing to penetrate completely this true meaning, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“Wishing to shake completely the lands of the ten directions, to overturn all the great seas, and to be furnished with the great spiritual penetrations of the Buddhas, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“Wishing from a single pore to send forth light that universally illumines measureless lands of the ten directions, and within each and every light to awaken to all things, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“Wishing to take the Buddha-lands hard to conceive and set them all in the palm of the hand without their being moved, and to know that all is like a conjuring, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“Wishing to take the beings of measureless lands and set them on the tip of a single hair without their feeling pressed, and to know completely that there is no person and no self, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“Wishing with a single fine hair to take up the water of the seas, so that all the great seas are wholly dried up, and moreover to distinguish and know completely the number of the drops therein, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“The inconceivable manifold lands, all ground into dust with none left out — wishing to distinguish and know completely the number of those motes, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“Through measureless kalpas past and to come, the marks of the forming and destruction of all worlds — wishing to penetrate them completely and exhaust their limit, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“All the Tathāgatas of the three times, all the pratyekabuddhas and the śrāvakas — wishing to know their dharmas exhaustively with nothing left, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“The measureless and boundless manifold worlds — wishing with a single fine hair to lift them all up, and to know completely their natures and their marks, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“The measureless and numberless encircling mountains — wishing to make them all enter into a single pore, and to know them all as they are, great or small, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“Wishing with one still and subtle sound to respond universally to the ten directions and speak according to their kind, so that all are thereby made pure and clear, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“The dharmas of the speech of all beings — to expound them in a single utterance with none left unexhausted, wishing to know all their own natures, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“There being no speech-sound of the world he cannot make, so that all understand and realize quiescence — wishing to gain such a subtle organ of the tongue, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“Wishing to make the manifold worlds of the ten directions and the marks of their forming and destruction all be seen, and to know completely that these are born of discrimination, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“In all the manifold worlds of the ten directions, measureless Tathāgatas wholly fill them; wishing to know completely the dharmas of those Buddhas, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“The measureless bodies of the manifold transformations, as many as the dust motes of all the worlds — wishing to penetrate completely that these arise from the mind, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“In the past, the future, and the present ages, the measureless and numberless Tathāgatas — wishing to know them all completely in a single thought, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“Wishing to expound a single line of Dharma in full, so that through asaṃkhyeya kalpas it is not exhausted, and to make the words and the meanings therein each differ, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“All the beings of the ten directions, following upon the marks of their flowing and turning, arising and ceasing — wishing to penetrate them all clearly in a single thought, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

“Wishing with the deeds of body, of speech, and of mind to go universally to the ten directions without obstruction, and to know that the three times are all empty and still, the bodhisattva therefore first arouses the mind.

Repeated verses, the abode of first arousing the mind (4): the ten dharmas of the advancing portion

“When the bodhisattva has thus aroused the mind, he should be made to go to the lands of the ten directions and reverently make offerings to the Tathāgatas; by this he is made not to retrogress.

“The bodhisattva bravely seeks the way of the Buddha, abiding within birth-and-death without weariness; extol and praise him so that he follows along in practice, and thus he is made not to retrogress.

“In the measureless lands of the worlds of the ten directions, in all of them to be the honored lord — expounding it thus for the bodhisattvas, by this he is made not to retrogress.

“The most excellent, the highest, the very first, the profound and subtle and pure Dharma — exhort the bodhisattvas to speak it to others, and by teaching thus he is made to depart from the afflictions.

“In all the world there is nothing comparable to it, and it is the place that cannot be shaken or crushed; constantly to praise it for those bodhisattvas — by teaching thus he is made not to retrogress.

“The Buddha is the lord of great power in the world, furnished with all the manifold merits; make the bodhisattvas abide within this, and by teaching thus he becomes an excellent man.

“In the presence of measureless and boundless Buddhas, being able to go to them all and draw near, and being constantly embraced by the Buddhas — by teaching thus he is made not to retrogress.

“All the still and manifold samādhis, expounded and made plain with nothing left over — expounding it thus for those bodhisattvas, by this he is made not to retrogress.

“Crushing the wheel of birth-and-death of the existences, turning the pure and subtle wheel of the Dharma, being attached to nothing in all the world — expound it thus for the bodhisattvas.

“All beings who have fallen into the evil destinies, bound and pressed by measureless heavy sufferings — be for them a rescue and a refuge; expound it thus for the bodhisattvas.

Repeated verses, the abode of first arousing the mind (5): the summation

“This is the bodhisattva's abode of arousing the mind, single-minded in seeking the unsurpassed way; as the dharma of instruction that I have spoken, so it is with all the Buddhas as well.

Repeated verses, the abode of preparing the ground

“The bodhisattva of the second abode, that of preparing the ground, should arouse a mind such as this: may all the beings of the ten directions all follow along with the Tathāgata's teaching.

“The mind of benefit, the mind of great compassion, the mind of ease and joy, the mind of settling them, the mind of pity, the mind of taking them in, the mind of guarding beings, the mind that treats another as oneself, the mind of a teacher and the mind of a guide.

“Having abided in such excellent and subtle minds, next make him recite and rehearse and seek wide learning, constantly delight in stillness and think rightly, and draw near to all good friends.

“Speaking gently and pleasingly and apart from harshness, speaking always knowing the right time and without dread, penetrating the meaning and practicing in accord with the Dharma, departing from folly and confusion with the mind unshaken.

“This is the practice of awakening for the beginner; only one who can practice it is a true son of the Buddha; what I now expound is what he ought to practice, and such a son of the Buddha should diligently learn it.

Repeated verses, the abode of cultivation

“The bodhisattva of the third abode, that of cultivation, should according to the Buddha's teaching diligently contemplate: that dharmas are impermanent, are suffering, and are empty, are without self, without person, and without any act.

“All dharmas are not to be delighted in, they are not as their names and have no location, they are without discrimination and without reality; one who contemplates thus is called a bodhisattva.

“Next make him contemplate the realm of beings, and exhort him to contemplate the Dharma realm, and the differences among worlds exhaustively with nothing left; as to all these he should be exhorted to contemplate.

“The worlds of the ten directions and space as well, all the earth, the water, the fire, and the wind, the realm of desire, the realm of form, and the formless realm — exhort him to contemplate them all until they are exhausted.

“Contemplating the differences among those realms one by one, and their natures too all fully clarified — one who receives such teaching and diligently cultivates it is called a true son of the Buddha.

Repeated verses, the abode of noble birth

“The bodhisattva of the fourth abode, that of noble birth, is born out of the teaching of the sages; penetrating that the existences have nothing possessed, he passes beyond those dharmas and is born into the Dharma realm.

“His faith in the Buddha is firm and cannot be broken; contemplating that dharmas are quiescent, his mind attains rest; following along with all beings, he knows them all, and knows that their nature is false and without reality.

“The lands of the world, the deeds and their retribution, and birth-and-death and nirvāṇa too are just so; when a son of the Buddha contemplates dharmas in this way, he is born of the Buddha himself and so is named a son of the Buddha.

“In the past, the future, and the present ages, the manifold Buddha-dharmas that are therein — knowing them, gathering them, and fulfilling them, so cultivating and learning until it is brought to completion.

“All the Tathāgatas of the three times — being able to contemplate along with them and know them wholly equal, so that the manifold differences are not to be found — one who contemplates thus penetrates the three times.

“As I have extolled and praised them, these are the manifold merits of the fourth abode; if one can practice diligently in accord with the Dharma, he will swiftly accomplish the unsurpassed awakening of a Buddha.

Repeated verses, the abode of perfected skillful means

“From here the bodhisattvas of the fifth are called those of the abode of perfected skillful means; entering deeply into measureless skillful means, they bring forth the work of merit brought to completion.

“The manifold merits that the bodhisattva cultivates are all in order to rescue and guard the multitude of the living; with a concentrated mind he benefits them and gives them ease and joy, and wholly with pity he makes them attain deliverance.

“For all the world he removes the many calamities, leading them out of the existences and making them rejoice; taming them one by one with none left out, he makes them all furnished with virtue and turned toward nirvāṇa.

“All beings are without any bound, measureless, numberless, inconceivable, and not to be weighed and not to be measured; hear the Tathāgata's Dharma such as this.

“This true son of the Buddha of the fifth abode accomplishes skillful means and delivers beings; he is the great and wise honored one of all merits, and by such a Dharma he reveals it to others.

Repeated verses, the abode of the rectified mind

“In the sixth, the abode of the rectified mind fulfilled, there is no confusion about the own-nature of dharmas; in right mindfulness he ponders, apart from discrimination, and none among gods or humans can shake him.

“Hearing praise or malignment of the Buddha and the Buddha-Dharma, of bodhisattvas and of the practices that bodhisattvas practice, that beings are limited or that they are unlimited, that they are defiled or undefiled, hard to deliver or easy,

“That the Dharma realm is great or small and is formed or destroyed, that it either exists or does not exist — his mind is unshaken by any of it; past, future, and now the present, he recollects and ponders as it truly is and is ever settled.

“All dharmas are wholly without mark, without substance, without nature, empty and without reality, like an illusion and like a dream and apart from discrimination; he ever delights to hear a meaning such as this.

Repeated verses, the abode of non-retrogression

“The bodhisattva of the seventh, of non-retrogression, as to the Buddha and the Dharma and the practice of bodhisattvas, whether they exist or do not exist, whether there is deliverance or no deliverance — though he hear these sayings, he does not retrogress.

“In the past, the future, and the present ages, whether all the Buddhas exist or do not exist, whether the Buddha's knowledge is exhaustible or inexhaustible, whether the three times are one mark or of manifold marks,

“That one is many and that many are one, that the words follow upon the meaning and the meaning upon the words — that all such things are thus accomplished by turns: this should be expounded for the one who does not retrogress.

“Whether it be said that dharmas have marks or are without marks, whether it be said that dharmas have nature or are without nature, and that the manifold differences belong to one another — this person, having heard it, thereupon reaches completion.

Repeated verses, the abode of childlike purity

“In the eighth, the bodhisattva's abode of childlike purity, the practice of the deeds of body, speech, and mind is already complete, all of it pure and without the manifold faults, and he takes birth according to his own intention and attains sovereignty.

“He knows what the minds of beings delight in, the manifold understandings of their intentions each differing, and all the dharmas that they have, and the marks of the forming and destruction of the lands of the ten directions.

“He gains swift and subtle spiritual penetrations, and in all places he goes according to his thought; in the presence of the Buddhas he hears the essentials of the Dharma, and he praises and cultivates without weariness.

“He knows all the lands of the Buddhas, shakes them, sustains them, and contemplates them too; the Buddha-lands he passes beyond are beyond measuring, and the worlds he roams through are without number.

“Asaṃkhyeya dharmas he can inquire into, and the bodies he wishes to receive he attains in sovereignty, and his speech-sounds are skillful and pervade all things, and he serves numberless Buddhas.

Repeated verses, the abode of the prince

“In the ninth, the bodhisattva's abode of the prince, he can see the differences in beings' taking birth, and the arising of the afflictions and the residual habits he knows without exception, and the skillful means of what is practiced he is well able to make plain.

“Dharmas each differ and the deportments are distinct, worlds are not the same and the earlier and later limits differ; as the conventional truth and the truth of the highest meaning have it, he is well able to know it all with nothing left over.

“The place where the Dharma King skillfully sets things up, and the dharmas belonging to that place, how one enters the palace of the Dharma King, and what is contemplated and seen therein.

“The dharmas of consecration that the Dharma King has, the sustaining of his spiritual power without any timidity, the chamber of his reposing rest and the matter of praise and honor — by these he gives instruction to the son of the Dharma King.

“Expounding it thus for him with nothing left unexhausted, and making his mind attached to nothing, knowing all this and cultivating right mindfulness — thereupon all the Buddhas appear before him.

Repeated verses, the abode of consecration

“In the tenth, the true son of the Buddha of consecration accomplishes the highest and first of dharmas in fullness; the numberless manifold worlds of the ten directions he is able wholly to shake, and light universally illumines them.

“Sustaining them and going to them too with nothing left over, purity and adornment all complete, the beings to whom he reveals the teaching are without number, and contemplating and knowing their faculties he can exhaust them all.

“Making them arouse the mind and taming them too without any bound, he makes them all turn toward the great awakening; the whole Dharma realm he contemplates, and to the lands of the ten directions he goes in every one.

“The body therein and the works that his body does, his spiritual penetrations and manifestations are hard to fathom, the manifold spheres of the Buddha-lands of the three times — not even a prince of the Dharma is able to know them.

“The knowledge of the three times of the one who sees all, the knowledge that makes plain the dharmas of the Buddhas, the knowledge of the unobstructedness and the boundlessness of the Dharma realm, the knowledge that fills all worlds,

“The knowledge that illumines worlds and the knowledge that sustains them, the knowledge that knows beings and dharmas, and the boundless knowledge that knows the rightly awakened — the Tathāgata expounds them for him and makes them all exhaustive.

Repeated verses, the concluding praise and the exhortation to cultivate

“The bodhisattvas of the ten abodes such as these are all born by transformation from the Tathāgata's Dharma; and according to the practices of merit that they have, none among gods or humans can fathom them.

“In the past, the future, and the present ages, those who arouse the mind and seek Buddhahood are without bound; the lands of the ten directions are wholly filled with them, and there is not one who will not accomplish omniscience.

“All lands are without any bound, and worlds, beings, and dharmas are just so; delusion, deeds, and what the mind delights in each differ, and depending on these they arouse the intention toward awakening.

“The single thought of the mind that first seeks the way of the Buddha — the beings of the world and those of the two vehicles, these are not yet able to know it; how much less the remaining practices of merit!

“The manifold worlds of the ten directions, one who can lift them all up with a single fine hair — such a one is able to know this son of the Buddha's practice of turning toward the Tathāgata's wisdom.

“The manifold great seas of the ten directions, one who can wholly exhaust them by taking them up in drops on the tip of a hair — such a one is able to know this son of the Buddha's practice of merit cultivated in a single thought.

“All the worlds ground into dust, one who can distinguish and know the number of those motes — such a one is able to see the way that these bodhisattvas practice.

“The Buddhas of the ten directions of past, future, and present, all the pratyekabuddhas and the śrāvakas, all of them with manifold subtle eloquence reveal this first-aroused mind of awakening.

“The merit of arousing the mind cannot be measured; it fills the whole realm of beings; the multitude of the wise, expounding it together, cannot exhaust it — how much less the remaining manifold subtle practices!”

義疏Exposition

為什麼偈讚之後接十住

第三會到這裡才進入正說。前面兩品,一品說佛不離菩提樹而昇須彌頂,一品是十方菩薩以偈讚佛——都還在鋪場。到這一品,法慧菩薩入定、受加、出定、開口,說的是十種住。澄觀判本品的來意說得很直:上面既然把佛德說明白了,正宗就該顯出來;而且前面辨的是「所依」的佛德,這裡辨的是「能依」的十住。李通玄的判法從另一頭接:前品是偈讚勸修,這品才正舉修行十住之行,所以此品須來。智儼說得最省:「何故來?正說故。」

三家的話合起來就是一件事:讚歎是仰望,仰望之後要有落腳處。這一品就是那個落腳處。落到自己身上:一個人被法感動之後,最容易停在感動裡;經文不許停在那裡,接著就給你十級台階。

「住」這個字:站得住,不是停下來

十住的「住」,最容易被讀成『停留』。古德沒有一家這樣讀。

澄觀訓為:「慧住於理,得位不退,故名為住。」——是以慧安住在理上,因而位次不退,所以叫住。他又引《本業》下卷「始入空界,住空性位,故名為住」。法藏訓得更緊:「謂得位不退故云住。」李通玄則從所住之處說:「十住者,生諸佛大智慧中住,入此住永不退還故,名之為住。」智儼一句話:「住者不退位也。」

四家都把重心壓在「不退」二字上。所以住不是靜止,是站穩;不是不走了,是走到這裡不會倒退回去。排一個常見的誤解:不要把十住想成十個休息站。它們是十個『從此不會掉下去』的高度。落地處在此:修行裡真正稀有的不是一時的猛利,是不倒退。

至於「十」這個數,澄觀說「然住義多種,寄圓說十」,法藏說「住法應圓,依則說十,即帶數釋」——十不是實數,是寄十以顯圓滿。所以不必問『為什麼不是九或十一』。

澄觀科的七分:這一品是怎麼組裝的

澄觀科此品為七分:三昧分、加分、起分、本分、說分、證成分、重頌分。法藏在六十本那邊科得完全相同,只把第七分叫作偈頌分。智儼則依〈十地品〉之例科為六分,末分叫利益分——三家所科的分數與名目小有出入,古有此異,誌錄之。

讀者知道這七分有什麼用處?用處是:這一品不是一段話,是一套儀軌。入定(三昧分)、諸佛加持(加分)、出定開口(起分)、正說十住(本分)、天地為證(說分)、十方作證(證成分)、重宣一遍(重頌分)。每一步都不是裝飾,下面逐一說。

為什麼非要入定才說

澄觀列了六個理由:一、這三昧本身就是所說之法的體;二、不是親證就不能說;三、要顯這個法不是思量所能到的境界;四、觀察根機、審量法藥;五、為了領受佛的加持;六、成就一種軌儀。法藏於六十本列的六意,前五全同,末一作「為顯諸佛同說故」。

這六條裡最要緊的是第一與第二。第一條說:定不是說法前的準備動作,定就是所要說的東西本身——澄觀引論說「三昧即法體」。第二條說:非證不說。排一個誤解:不要以為入定是為了『集中精神好好講』。經文的意思是,這個法沒有辦法從思量裡取出來,只能從證裡流出來。

那為什麼是法慧入定而不是別人?澄觀答三事:他是眾中之首;換別人入則眾心動亂不調伏;而且要顯出十住之法正是「法慧」所能說的。名字在這裡就是義理——慧而能法,才說得了以慧安住之位。

三昧的名字也逐字有義。澄觀拆:稱「菩薩」是為了揀去佛果之定;稱「方便」,是任性能知、觀解善巧;稱「無量」,是因為十住每一住各攝許多門的善巧;稱「入」,是心趣向於法。他還把入、住、出三相翻了一層讀:「今即照之寂故名為入,即寂之照故名為出,入已未起故名為住。」——照而寂叫入,寂而照叫出。這與權小之教把入定講成『收攝六識往內縮』是不同的讀法。

加分:諸佛給了什麼

十方各千佛剎微塵數的佛現前,全都同名法慧。這一段有三件事:讚許、說明加持的緣由、授智摩頂。

加持的緣由,經文列了三重力:諸佛的神力、毘盧遮那如來往昔的願力與威神之力、法慧自己所修的善根力。三力並舉,不可只取一邊:全歸佛力則行者無事可做,全歸自力則不知法從何來。接著十個「故」字句,說明加持所為何事:增長佛智、深入法界、善了眾生界、所入無礙、所行無障、得無等方便、入一切智性、覺一切法、知一切根、能持說一切法——十事說完,才點出所要說的正題:「發起諸菩薩十種住」。智儼科這一段為十一句,說是一總、九別、後一結成位。

授的十智是:無礙智、無著智、無斷智、無癡智、無異智、無失智、無量智、無勝智、無懈智、無奪智。十個名字都是遮詮——不是說給了什麼,是說去掉了什麼障礙。而經文自己解釋為什麼要給:「此三昧力,法如是故。」法本來如此,不是佛額外開恩。

摩頂是身業之加。三種加持——口加(讚許與囑說)、意加(授十智)、身加(摩頂)——智儼判得分明。落地處:一個人真正說得出深法的時候,往往不覺得那是自己的本事,這一段就是把那件事寫成了儀軌。

本分總標:住處廣大,與法界虛空等

法慧出定第一句話是:「菩薩住處廣大,與法界虛空等。」第二句:「菩薩住三世諸佛家」

澄觀分這兩句:住處二字總示其體,「廣大」以下略顯其相,「住三世佛家」是結示住處。他又說十住之體略有三種:一約所依,就是前面那個三昧;二約本,就是下文所辨的十住;三是剋性之體——若約所緣,就是真俗二境,若約能緣,就是悲智二行;而二境既融,悲智不別,境智冥契,同一法界。

這段最好先問一句:既說是「住」,為什麼一開口先說「廣大」?答案就在「與法界虛空等」六字。凡是有處所的住,就有邊際;有邊際就有可退之地。此住之所以不退,正因為它大到沒有外面。排一個誤解:不要把「住處廣大」讀成佛國土很大。經文說的是所住之體,不是所居之地。

六十本此處作「菩薩種性甚深廣大與法界虛空等」,以「種性」立文,智儼便依之判為性、習二種性之體;八十本作「住處」,澄觀便依之判住處為總、餘皆是別。所依之本不同,所立之科即異,二判各有其本,誌錄之。

十住之名與三世佛同說

「菩薩住有十種,過去、未來、現在諸佛,已說、當說、今說。」——澄觀在這裡打了個比方:三世佛果沒有一個不是由這十住之因而成的,就像大王路一樣,是法爾常規,所以三世佛同說。

大王路是國中通衢,誰要走都走這一條。這一句解決了讀者最可能起的疑問:十住是不是某一部經、某一位佛的特別施設?不是。它是通衢。

十住之名:初發心住、治地住、修行住、生貴住、具足方便住、正心住、不退住、童真住、王子住、灌頂住。十個名字裡有一條很清楚的線索——前三是自己起步(發心、整地、修觀),中間三是身分轉變(生入佛家、方便具足、心正不動),後四是成熟繼位(不退、童真、王子、灌頂)。這條線索用的是王家繼位的意象:生在王家、長成童子、立為王子、受灌頂而繼位。

順帶說明一個常被混淆的地方:「十住」是經文自有之名;而把十住配在十信之後、十行之前,說它屬於三賢中的下賢——這個位次配對是澄觀等古德的科判,經文本身沒有這樣標。讀的時候要分清哪一層是經、哪一層是疏。

十住之下,每一住都分兩段:先說當住所成的十事,後說「應勸學十法」。澄觀判前段為自分、後段為勝進——自分是這一住已經站住的,勝進是為了往上一級要學的。李通玄算了總數:一一住內都有二十個法門,十法成就當位,十法作為昇進之行,十住合起來就是二百個法門。底本逐字實計相符。

以下逐住逐條說。

住一 發心住:發心的緣,與所緣的十力

先問:發心住的「發心」,發的是什麼心?經文說得清楚——「發菩提心,求一切智」。不是發願做好人,是求一切智。

發心之緣。經文先列見佛的六種相:形貌端嚴、色相圓滿、人所樂見、難可值遇、有大威力、或見神足;再列聞法的三種緣:或聞記別、或聽教誡、或聞如來廣大佛法;還有一種是逆緣:或見眾生受諸劇苦。澄觀分這十句說:「文列十緣,義含四因,謂信、悲、智及種性也。」——前三觀外相,第四「難可值遇」通內外,第五「有大威力」明內德,第六「神足」唯外用;而見眾生受苦一句,即是悲因。

排一個誤解:見佛好看就發心,會不會太淺?澄觀答得好:於上六中隨見一事,發生淨信而欣心上求,心裡想的是『這若可修,我也定當如是』——起點在相,落點在求。淺處入手,不等於淺。

所緣十種難得法(自分十事)。這十法即如來十力,澄觀於重頌處明判「初十頌緣十力發心,一頌一力」。逐條說:

一、是處非處智——知道什麼是道理所在、什麼是道理所無。重頌釋得最清楚:「三世因果名為處,我等自性為非處」因果是處,執有我與自性是非處;分不清這一條,其餘九力都無從談起。二、善惡業報智——知一切善惡業與其果報無有遺漏;發心而不知業報,慈悲就會落成濫情。三、諸根勝劣智——知眾生根性有利有鈍,這是說法能不能對機的根本。四、種種解差別智——知眾生的見解與所好樂各各差別,重頌作「心所好樂各差別」;知差別,才知道從哪裡下手。五、種種界差別智——知眾生種性體類的差別,重頌作「眾生諸界各差別」;界是根深處的分類,比解更難改。六、一切至處道智——知一切行門各通向何處,重頌作「一一皆有所至處」;學人最怕走了很久卻不知道通向哪裡。七、諸禪解脫三昧智——知一切禪定解脫三昧的雜染清淨與入住出;定境有邪有正,這一智即是揀擇。八、宿命無礙智——憶知過去世的體性相狀而無礙;知過去,才知道現在的來歷。九、天眼無礙智——見眾生隨業漂流而明見無礙;重頌說「隨業漂流無暫息」,天眼所照的是業,不是奇景。十、三世漏普盡智——知三世煩惱結習普皆斷盡,重頌作「相續現起及習氣,欲悉了知究竟盡」;前九是知眾生,這一條是知斷處,所以列在最後。

十力之所以是「難得法」,正因為它們是佛的境界。初發心的人緣佛境而發心,這就是本品的體例——所緣者高,所以所發者大。

勸學十法(勝進)。澄觀說這十法「不出悲智。供佛為總,通財及法;下九為別」。逐條說:

一、勤供養佛——是總句,通財供與法供;下九件事做到了,才是真供養。二、樂住生死——澄觀釋:大悲為首所以樂住,智了其空所以無所懼;不是貪戀生死,是不怕。三、主導世間令除惡業——住而為主,導世間之人除惡。四、以勝妙法常行教誨——即能導之理教。五、歎無上法——示果令人欣慕,是教之所至。六、學佛功德——學佛的德行以為能至之因。七、生諸佛前恒蒙攝受——成德要依緣,所以願生佛前。八、方便演說寂靜三昧——寂靜前面上求下化的紛動。九、讚歎遠離生死輪迴——寂則必然遠離輪迴。十、為苦眾生作歸依處——不失悲心,所以常為眾生所依。

這十條的次第是有講究的:從供養起,經過歷事練心,收在寂靜,又從寂靜回到眾生。最後一條回到苦眾生,正防止第八第九兩條被讀成厭離。結句「欲令菩薩於佛法中心轉增廣」,說明勸學的目的不是增加項目,是把心撐大。

住二 治地住:把心地整治好

先問:既已發心,為什麼還要「治地」?澄觀答:「為練治心地使悲智增明,名治地住。」——發心是種子落地,治地是把地整好,否則種子長不出來。他還說這一住是「常隨空心淨,八萬四千法門清淨潔白」,即以空慧洗心地。

於諸眾生發十種心(自分)。澄觀說這十心有二義:一是對每一位眾生都起這十種心;二是為了辨差別而對八種眾生。逐條說:

一、利益心——澄觀舉例:對怨憎的眾生不只是不念報復,還要授與利益。二、大悲心——對貧苦眾生,欲令他遠離,所以起悲。三、安樂心——對危懼無樂的眾生,令得樂具而不窮盡。四、安住心——對惡行眾生,令他安住於善行。五、憐愍心——對已得樂的眾生,以矜愍之心不令他放逸;得樂者最易忘失,故須此心。六、攝受心——對外道未發心者,攝取令生正信。七、守護心——已生信者,護持令不退失。八、同己心——視他如己,怨親之隔在此消。九、師心——以師長之心待眾生,不輕慢。十、導師心——以導師之心引眾生,不止於教,還要領到路上。

十心自「利益」起、以「導師」結,是從給予到帶領的一條線。排一個誤解:這十心不是十種情緒,是十種對待眾生的位置。

勸學十法(勝進)。逐條說:

一、誦習多聞——治地先須有材料,故第一是多聞。二、虛閑寂靜——多聞若無靜處消化,只成堆積。三、近善知識——自看易偏,故須善友。四、發言和悅——重頌加一句「離麁獷」;語粗則法不入人。五、語必知時——重頌作「言必知時無所畏」;不合時的真話也是障礙。六、心無怯怖——怯則不敢說、不敢行。七、了達於義——不停在文字。八、如法修行——義解須落在行上。九、遠離愚迷——除去暗鈍。十、安住不動——重頌作「遠離愚迷心不動」;以不動收前九條。

結句說「欲令菩薩於諸眾生增長大悲」——十條看似都在治自己,目的卻是對眾生的悲心增長。澄觀於此點出「悲令轉增也」。落地處:整地是為了種樹,不是為了地本身好看。

住三 修行住:以十種行觀一切法

先問:前面已經發心、治地,為什麼這裡才叫「修行」?因為前二住是立志與整備,這一住才正式起觀。澄觀判此住二段:自分是護煩惱行,勝進是護小乘行——前者防墮凡,後者防墮小。這是一句要緊的話:修觀的人有兩個坑,一個是觀不成而退回煩惱,一個是觀成了而落入二乘的偏空。

十種行觀一切法(自分)。澄觀說這十種無常大同〈十地品〉第三地所辨,並引論「命行不住總名無常」為總句,又分念念無常與一期無常二種。逐條說:

一、觀一切法無常——是總句,命行不住。二、一切法苦——依五盛陰而有逼迫之相,所以是苦;澄觀引《瑜伽》:由無常行作意為先,趣入苦行。三、一切法空——由苦而無所得,於是趣入空行。四、一切法無我——空故不自在,無有主宰。五、一切法無作——沒有一個能造作者在後面。六、一切法無味——重頌作「一切諸法不可樂」;不是說不好吃,是說沒有真實可貪之味。七、一切法不如名——重頌作「無如名字」;名與法不相稱,這一條專破以名取法之病。八、一切法無處所——法無定在之處。九、一切法離分別——法本自離分別,不是我們去離。十、一切法無堅實——重頌作「無所分別無真實」,以無堅實收攝前九。

這十條有次第:從無常入苦,從苦入空,從空入無我,其後五條逐層剝除『還有個東西在』的餘念。排一個誤解:觀無常不是為了悲觀,是為了不再把假的當真的來守。

勸學十法(勝進)。這一段句法特別——不作十個獨立條目,而是三組觀察:

一、觀察眾生界;二、觀察法界;三、觀察世界——這三是有情、法則、器界三層。四、觀察地界;五、觀察水界;六、觀察火界;七、觀察風界——這四是能成世界的四大。八、觀察欲界;九、觀察色界;十、觀察無色界——這三是三有的層次。合起來正好十。

重頌把這三組又點了一遍:「次令觀察眾生界,及以勸觀於法界,世界差別盡無餘」「十方世界及虛空,所有地水與火風,欲界色界無色界」,末後加一句要害:「觀察彼界各差別,及其體性咸究竟」——不只觀差別之相,還要觀其體性。結句「欲令菩薩智慧明了」,說明此段所求是慧的明徹,不是知識的博。

住四 生貴住:生在佛家

先問:什麼叫「生貴」?澄觀說:「從聖教生者,謂多聞熏習,等流無漏教法生其智故。」——由聽聞聖教而熏成無漏之智,這智從教而生,所以說生。他還引本品重頌兩句自證:「佛子於法如是觀,從佛親生名佛子」,這是約能說之人說;「了達諸有無所有,超過彼法生法界」,這是約理說。教、人、理三義都能生此位,所以尊貴。

從聖教中生,成就十法(自分)。澄觀說這十事同〈十地品〉第四地的十種法智,只是開合不同。逐條說:

一、永不退轉於諸佛所——這是自住處智,位既不退,也就是所生之處。二、深生淨信——是同敬智,於佛淨信而後能生。三、善觀察法——信而不觀則成盲信。四、了知眾生——生佛家者先須認得所度之人。五、了知國土——認得所化之處。六、了知世界——認得器界之成壞。七、了知業行——認得因。八、了知果報——認得果。九、了知生死——認得流轉這一邊。十、了知涅槃——認得還滅那一邊。

十條之中,前三是自己的立處,後七是所知的境。生在佛家不是得了個身分,是換了一副眼睛:從此看眾生、國土、世界、業、報、生死、涅槃,看的是同一套法。

勸學十法(勝進)。這一段也是分組的:

一至三、了知過去、未來、現在一切佛法——先求知。四至六、修集過去、未來、現在一切佛法——次求集。七至九、圓滿過去、未來、現在一切佛法——後求滿。第十、了知一切諸佛平等——收前九為一。

知、集、滿三重乘以三世,成九;末一條把三世諸佛會歸平等。重頌把這個結構原樣重述:「過去未來現在世,其中所有諸佛法,了知積集及圓滿」「三世一切諸如來,能隨觀察悉平等,種種差別不可得」。結句「欲令增進於三世中,心得平等」——澄觀說「世不殊,方知平等故」。落地處:既生佛家,就不該再有『我這一世』的算計,三世是一家的事。

住五 具足方便住:所修善根,全部給出去

先問:這一住為什麼叫「具足方便」?澄觀答得巧:「自分十心亦是方便也,勝進十心亦具足也。」——住名兩個字分屬兩段,而兩段又互相具足。前段是把善根方便地用在眾生身上,後段是具足地知眾生之空。

還要先指出一個底本上的實情:十住之中,唯獨這一住的自分沒有「何者為十」的徵問,也沒有「是為十」的結句,經文直接以十個「一切眾生」句排下去。餘九住都具徵、結,唯此一住例外。

所修善根皆為眾生(自分十事)。澄觀說初句是總,救苦與護善二事分攝其餘。逐條說:

一、救護一切眾生——是總句,一切為此。二、饒益一切眾生——授與樂因。三、安樂一切眾生——令得樂果。四、哀愍一切眾生——哀愍其妄樂,不令耽著。五、度脫一切眾生——度苦而得解脫。六、令一切眾生離諸災難——所離者,是三災八難一類的現前苦。七、令一切眾生出生死苦——所出者,是分段與變易二種生死。八、令一切眾生發生淨信——救的第一步是教他生信。九、令一切眾生悉得調伏——由信而受調伏。十、令一切眾生咸證涅槃——調伏而至究竟。

十條從救護起、以涅槃結,中間有一條很細的次第:先與樂、再拔苦、再破妄樂,然後從信、調伏一路帶到究竟。重頌把它壓縮成四句:「菩薩所修眾福德,皆為救護諸群生」「為一切世除眾難,引出諸有令歡喜,一一調伏無所遺,皆令具德向涅槃」。

排一個誤解:這一段常被讀成發願文。它不是願,是說這一位菩薩「所修善根」的實際去向——修來的全部給出去,一分不留給自己,這才叫方便具足。

勸學十法(勝進)。十條全是「知眾生」:

一、知眾生無邊——沒有邊際。二、知眾生無量——不可限量。三、知眾生無數——不可計數。四、知眾生不思議——超出思量。五、知眾生無量色——形色種類無量。六、知眾生不可量——不可稱量。七、知眾生空——由前六的『多到不可窮』轉入『本自空』,這是全段的轉折。八、知眾生無所作——無有能作者。九、知眾生無所有——本無所有。十、知眾生無自性——沒有自性。

前六說多、後四說空,這個次第是本段的義理眼。先要知道眾生多到不可窮盡,度生之心才發得徹底;再要知道眾生本空,度生之行才不會被『我度了多少人』黏住。結句「欲令其心轉復增勝,無所染著」——正是這兩層合起來的效果。重頌一句總收:「一切眾生無有邊,無量無數不思議,及以不可稱量等」

住六 正心住:聽見什麼都不動

先問:前面五住已經度生了,為什麼還會有心動的問題?因為前五住所對的是事,這一住所對的是「說法」——聽見別人怎麼說佛、說法、說菩薩、說眾生、說法界。事上不亂的人,往往在議論裡亂。

澄觀說此住之所以不動,是「由成就般若了法性相,故皆不動,名為正心」。不是忍住不動,是了法之後動不起來。

聞十種法而心定不動(自分)。經文以十對相反的說法排列。逐條說:

一、聞讚佛毀佛——澄觀說前四對是約所敬的三寶,「由了法平等、聲如谷響故,於讚毀不生欣慼」。二、聞讚法毀法——法不因人讚而增,不因人毀而減。三、聞讚菩薩毀菩薩——他還補一句:在執著上說應毀、就道理上說應讚,二說各有其分。四、聞讚毀菩薩所行法——由人及於人所行之法,是第三對的推進。五、聞說眾生有量無量——以下三對約所愍的眾生;澄觀判:有量無量是斷常二邊,菩薩不墮。六、聞說眾生有垢無垢——是增減二邊,菩薩遠離。七、聞說眾生易度難度——是苦樂二邊,菩薩不住。八、聞說法界有量無量——以下三對約所知的法界。九、聞說法界有成有壞——成壞之說不能搖動他。十、聞說法界若有若無——有無之說也不能搖動他。

十對之中,前四是所敬、中三是所愍、後三是所知——敬、愍、知三處都試過,才叫定。排一個誤解:不動不是沒有立場,是不被兩邊的說法拖著走。澄觀在第五至第七對上點出「斷常」「增減」「苦樂」三重邊見,說明所謂不動,正是不落兩邊。至於《商主天子經》所說「無有不毀語言而能至其解脫中」——澄觀引此,是要說明毀謗本是修道路上必經之事,不必以為是意外。

勸學十法(勝進)。十條都是「一切法」:

一、一切法無相;二、一切法無體;三、一切法不可修——這一條最容易被誤讀,它不是說不必修,是說沒有一個實法可修可取。四、一切法無所有;五、一切法無真實;六、一切法空;七、一切法無性;八、一切法如幻;九、一切法如夢;十、一切法無分別。

前七是遮,第八第九以幻夢二喻表,第十以無分別收。重頌把十條壓成兩句:「一切諸法皆無相,無體無性空無實,如幻如夢離分別,常樂聽聞如是義。」末句「常樂聽聞」很要緊——不動的人不是不再聽,是更樂於聽。結句說所求是「得不退轉無生法忍」,這就把此住接到了下一住。

住七 不退住:連『有沒有』都動不了他

先問:正心住已經不動,不退住不是重複嗎?澄觀專門辨過這一問,答得極細:

十條雖然都說不退,「大同前位」,但這一位已經入無生,知道所聞之法畢竟空。前位是會事入理而令心不動,此位是事理雙現而心不退,後位是從理向事、隨事而行且轉純熟。而且前位所聞的只是三寶的讚毀,忍起來還容易;此位所聞的是『有沒有』——利害轉深,成忍就難,所以過於前位。他又補一句分際:前位說不動,只是能正其心;此位說不退,是有進趣之義。

這一段辨析值得反覆讀。讚毀傷的是感情,有無動的是根本。一個人可以忍受別人罵他信的法,卻未必忍得住有人告訴他『根本沒有那回事』。

聞十種法而堅固不退(自分)。澄觀分:初三是三寶,次二別顯前法,次三別明初佛,後二約佛的境與智。逐條說:

一、聞有佛無佛——佛寶。二、聞有法無法——法寶。三、聞有菩薩無菩薩——僧寶。四、聞有菩薩行無菩薩行——由菩薩而及於菩薩之行。五、聞有菩薩修行出離不出離——由行而及於行之果,這一條最傷人:修了到底出不出得去。六、聞過去有佛無佛;七、聞未來有佛無佛;八、聞現在有佛無佛——三世別明佛之有無。九、聞佛智有盡無盡——約佛之智。十、聞三世一相非一相——約佛之境。

十條由三寶推到行、推到果、推到三世、推到佛智佛境,一路往根上問。到最後一條,問的已經是時間本身是一是異。能在這裡不退,才叫堅固。

勸學十種廣大法(勝進)。注意此處標句與別住不同,經文特稱「十種廣大法」。十條是五對雙迴句:

一、說一即多;二、說多即一——第一對是數上的相即。三、文隨於義;四、義隨於文——第二對是文義的相隨。五、非有即有;六、有即非有——第三對是有無的相即。七、無相即相;八、相即無相——第四對是相與無相。九、無性即性;十、性即無性——第五對是性與無性。

重頌把它收成一句要害:「如是一切展轉成,此不退人應為說。」——為什麼這樣的話只能對不退之人說?因為「一即是多」在未入無生的人聽來只是矛盾,聽了反而退。所以經文特意把這十法安在不退住,是有分寸的。結句「欲令增進,於一切法善能出離」——相即之法不是玄談,是出離的門。

住八 童真住:三業無失

先問:都到第八住了,怎麼反而叫「童真」?童真取的是純淨無染、未受污雜之義。澄觀說此住自分的前三條三業無失、永離習氣,本是佛所得,任運無功則在第八地;此住「多同八地」,因能行無漏,所以得無失——既沒有十不善之失,也沒有錯謬之失。

住十種業(自分)。澄觀分:初三是三業無失,也是化他之體;第四是能化之身;次四是能化之智;次一是化處;後一是化法。逐條說:

一、身行無失——身業清淨。二、語行無失——語業清淨。三、意行無失——意業清淨;三業無失是純淨之實義,童真之名由此立。四、隨意受生——澄觀說這是能化身:頓悟菩薩隨願受生,貴在利人,不揀淨土穢土。五、知眾生種種欲——所欲。六、知眾生種種解——所解。七、知眾生種種界——所依之界性。八、知眾生種種業——所造之業;這四條即是十力智中的四智,是能化之智。九、知世界成壞——是化處。十、神足自在、所行無礙——是化法之正行。

十條的結構很清楚:自己乾淨(前三)、能現身(第四)、認得人(五至八)、認得場所(第九)、去得成(第十)。落地處:所謂純淨不是與世隔絕,是在一切處都不沾。

勸學十種法(勝進)。澄觀說這一段是不動行,前六是於剎自在、後四是三業自在。逐條說:

一、知一切佛剎——先知。二、動一切佛剎——能震動。三、持一切佛剎——能任持。四、觀一切佛剎——能觀察。五、詣一切佛剎——能往詣。六、遊行無數世界——遊行無礙;前六於剎自在。七、領受無數佛法——重頌作「阿僧祇法悉諮問」,是意業自在。八、現變化自在身——重頌作「所欲受身皆自在」,是身業自在。九、出廣大遍滿音——重頌作「言音善巧靡不充」,是語業自在。十、一剎那中承事供養無數諸佛——重頌作「諸佛無數咸承事」,以承事諸佛收攝三業。

結句「欲令增進,於一切法能得善巧」。排一個誤解:這十條讀起來像神通清單,其實每一條的落點都在「化」——知剎是為了去、去是為了度、現身出音是為了說法。神通在此不是本領,是童真之心自然的用。

住九 王子住:學做繼位的人

先問:既名王子,所學何事?答:學繼位。前面幾住學的是自己怎麼走,這一住學的是法王家的規矩。

按:澄觀疏此住之科文不在所取骨架之內,記闕;以下依經文與重頌逐條說。

善知十種法(自分)。逐條說:

一、善知諸眾生受生——重頌作「能見眾生受生別」,知眾生從何而來。二、善知諸煩惱現起——知煩惱在什麼因緣下起現行。三、善知習氣相續——知現行過後所留的餘勢;煩惱易斷,習氣難盡,故別立一條。四、善知所行方便——知對治的下手處。五、善知無量法——所知之法無量。六、善解諸威儀——重頌作「諸法各異威儀別」;威儀是身分的外顯,法王子須解。七、善知世界差別——知所化之處不同。八、善知前際後際事——知過去未來之事。九、善知演說世諦——會說世俗諦的話。十、善知演說第一義諦——會說第一義諦的話。

十條分三段:前四知眾生的病與藥,中三知法與儀與處,後三知時與二諦之說。最要緊的是最後兩條——法王子的本事在於『說得出來』,而且二諦都說得出來。重頌合為一句:「如其世俗第一義,悉善了知無有餘。」

勸學十種法(勝進)。這十條全部以「法王」為喻依,是王家儀軌的一整套:

一、法王處善巧——王處的善巧手段。二、法王處軌度——王家的法度規矩。三、法王處宮殿——王所居之處。四、法王處趣入——如何進入王處。五、法王處觀察——入了之後所觀所見。六、法王灌頂——王家的灌頂之法。七、法王力持——王的神力加持。八、法王無畏——王的無所怯畏。九、法王宴寢——王的宴寢安止之處。十、法王讚歎——王的稱譽讚歎。

重頌把這十條編成四句:「法王善巧安立處,隨其處所所有法,法王宮殿若趣入,及以於中所觀見。法王所有灌頂法,神力加持無怯畏,宴寢宮室及歎譽,以此教詔法王子。」——這一段是全品最完整的一個譬喻。別行的《菩薩本業經》同段作「學法王正行,學法王禮儀」直到「學法王巡行剎土」,喻依全同而事目小異,可見此喻之古。

排一個誤解:這不是在教人擺架子。王子學的是承擔——連王怎麼休息(宴寢)都要學,是說繼位者的一切舉止都在法度之中。結句「欲令增進,心無障礙」;重頌加一句更要緊的:「而令其心無所著」學了一整套王家儀軌,卻要無所著——這是本段的分寸所在。

住十 灌頂住:位滿而不可測

先問:灌頂是什麼意思?李通玄給了兩重解釋:一是表法——「如將淨水從頂而灌遍身而下」,此位菩薩以法界智對現一切眾生之所宜,一時等雨法雨,無不灌注,所以名灌頂;二是事相——登此位時,十方諸佛以手灌其頂,也叫灌頂。二釋並存。

澄觀科此住的自分為二段:先有十句所成的德用,後有十句讚勝難測——因為是位之終,所以特加後面這一段。

成就十種智(自分十事)。澄觀說前五是了世界的無礙智、後五是成就眾生的無礙智。逐條說:

一、震動無數世界——能動。二、照耀無數世界——能照。三、住持無數世界——能持。四、往詣無數世界——能至。五、嚴淨無數世界——能淨;前五皆於器世界得自在。六、開示無數眾生——為之開示。七、觀察無數眾生——察其機。八、知無數眾生根——知其根。九、令無數眾生趣入——引之入法。十、令無數眾生調伏——終令調伏;後五皆於有情得自在。

前五對世界、後五對眾生,正是「智度滿故」的兩面。重頌對此一一有頌:「十方無數諸世界,悉能震動光普照。住持往詣亦無餘,清淨莊嚴皆具足,開示眾生無有數,觀察知根悉能盡」「發心調伏亦無邊,咸令趣向大菩提」

讚勝難測一段。經文說此菩薩的身及身業、神通變現、過去智、未來智、現在智、成就佛土、心境界與智境界——十句皆不可知,乃至法王子菩薩也不能知。澄觀分這一段:前四是業自在不可知——一身、二身用、三十通、四通用;後六是心智自在不可知——初三即三達圓明之智,四是知器世間自在之智,五是定心所現之境,六是大智所知之境。因為深廣,所以下位不知。

這一句「乃至法王子菩薩亦不能知」很要緊:第九住不能知第十住。位次之實,在此一句上見。

應勸學諸佛十種智(勝進)。注意標句又變——不說「應勸學十法」,而說「應勸學諸佛十種智」,因為位已至終,所學的直接是佛智。澄觀說:這是學佛的一切智、一切種智,以當位圓滿灌頂成佛,攝一切位皆在此中具足。逐條說:

一、三世智——即三達之智。二、佛法智——重頌作「於諸佛法明了智」。三、法界無礙智——於法界無所滯。四、法界無邊智——知法界無有邊際。五、充滿一切世界智——智周遍充滿。六、普照一切世界智——重頌作「照耀世界」。七、住持一切世界智——重頌作「住持智」。八、知一切眾生智——知有情。九、知一切法智——知諸法;重頌把八九合為「了知眾生諸法智」。十、知無邊諸佛智——重頌作「及知正覺無邊智」,以知佛收攝一切。

結句「欲令增長一切種智」。十住至此,所學已是佛之所知,位滿而後開下一品之行。

說分與證成分:天地為證,十方為證

十住說完,經文不是就此打住,而是接了兩段證明。

說分。因為佛的神力,十方各一萬佛剎微塵數世界六種震動——動、起、涌、震、吼、擊,每一種又各有遍、等遍三重,合為十八相。李通玄科此段為七段,第一段即是「大地六種十八相動」,第二段是「天雨十種供養」。天雨妙華、末香、華鬘、雜香、寶衣、寶雲、莊嚴具,天樂不鼓自鳴,放大光明及妙音聲。而後一句最要緊:「如此四天下須彌山頂帝釋殿上,說十住法,現諸神變;十方所有一切世界,悉亦如是。」

排一個誤解:震動與天華不是為了場面。它們是『法之為真』的印記——說的是通衢之法,所以法界同時起應。

證成分。十方各過一萬佛剎微塵數世界,有十佛剎微塵數菩薩來到此會,同名法慧,所從來的國土同名法雲,那些國土的如來都名妙法。他們說:我們那裡也在說十住,「眾會眷屬,文句義理,悉亦如是,無有增減」。

這一段把「同說」講到了極處:不只法同,連法會的眷屬、文句、義理都一字不增不減。李通玄於七段中特別點出第六段之意——「十方佛果名妙法,此明從妙慧而說此法」。名字在這裡仍是義理:從法慧而說十住,其果即是妙法。

重頌之科:一百頌怎麼配

法慧承佛威力,觀察十方乃至法界而說頌。澄觀判:總有一百頌,分為二段——前九十一頌正頌前法,後九頌結歎勸修;前段中十住各為一段。

逐住之頌數,澄觀判為:發心住四十六頌,其下依次是五、五、六、五、四、四、五、五、六。發心住的四十六頌又分四段:初三頌頌發心之緣,次三十二頌頌緣境發心,次十頌頌勝進所學,後一頌總結。而三十二頌之中,前十頌是緣十力發心,一頌一力;後二十二頌別顯所求,澄觀以類例相從攝為十智:俗諦智、真諦智、神通智、解脫智、劫剎智、三乘智、三密智(身密二頌、語密三頌、意密二頌)、唯心智、一多無礙智、權實雙行智。

結歎九頌,澄觀分三:初一頌總歎十住,次六頌別歎發心住,後二頌以初心況出修行。

為什麼發心住獨佔四十六頌,而後九住合起來才四十五頌?這不是輕重失衡,正是本品的用意所在:十住之難,難在第一步;第一步既是十力所緣、又是一切智所求,所以頌得最詳。結歎最後一句說得明白:「發心功德不可量,充滿一切眾生界,眾智共說無能盡,何況所餘諸妙行!」

承衍

本品之義為後世四軌所承,並錄不判。澄觀一系:以《地論》以來的科釋法逐文分科,立來意、釋名、宗趣、釋文四門與三昧、加、起、本、說、證成、重頌七分;以「慧住於理,得位不退」訓住,以大王路喻十住為三世佛之通因,以住處為體、廣大為相解本分;逐住之間又立自分、勝進二段之通例,並以〈十地品〉第三地、第四地、第八地、大盡分之智為對照,判修行住大同三地、生貴住同四地十種法智、童真住多同八地、灌頂住多同大盡分;於重頌處判三種不退,並補一句圓教當位之判——「從信入住得位不退,初發心時成正覺故」。

法藏一系:於六十本〈十住品〉以四釋釋名(帶數、有財、依主、持業),並設二問辨三賢何以人法合目、十住何以獨舉通名,其答為「施設漸增之相」;又設問辨何以此會別有勝進而前會無、何以〈迴向品〉後無勝進。其重頌配位與澄觀不同:第二住六頌、第五住四頌半、第九住三頌、第十住八頌,結歎九頌中別歎初住者七。所依之本不同,所判之數即異。

李通玄一系:於通例四門之外別立「都會斷惑次第」一門,以初三住配破世間煩惱,列根本煩惱十、隨煩惱六,並自明何以不論五見——「內心成智,諸見自是解脫」;他又總計十住為二百個法門、重頌為二百行頌,並以「如將淨水從頂而灌遍身而下」表灌頂之義。這一軌以表法為主,與逐文分科的軌轍不同,古有此說,誌錄之。

智儼一系:於六十本立五門——釋名即辨來意、明所治、所得、所成、釋文;判所治為「前百障應位斷」,所得為「光增定及頂善根」;又引光師八序之判,並依〈十地品〉之例科為六分(末分名利益分,不同於七分之末名重頌分);依六十本「種性」之文判二種性體;重頌則計為二百三偈,初住九十頌,逐住以「解」「行」二分配之。

四家所判之分數、頌數、位體各有出入,皆古德成說,誌錄之,不判高下。至於華嚴宗綱領之書:《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》三處舉十住為位次教相之目,其一引《菩薩本業經》之十住以證住位不退;《華嚴經旨歸》兩處用本品——一處牒引本品重頌輪圍山入毛孔之句以證大小相容,一處舉本品為「十住等中各攝諸位」之經據。皆列名作教相對比,非疏釋本品經文,亦誌錄不判。

本品之外,十住之名與行,別行之《菩薩本業經》以『發意、治地、應行、生貴、修成、行登、不退、童真、了生、補處』十古名說同一法門,逐住亦各有十事與十學——古今異名而同法,是本品最古的一個旁證。而本品發心住之義,下接〈梵行品〉『初發心時,即得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提』;澄觀釋本品不退時已先引此義。十住之根在發心,發心之極在成正覺,這一條線本品已經拉開,下品接得住。

Why the ten abodes follow upon the praises in verse

Only here does the third assembly enter its main exposition. The two chapters before it — one telling how the Buddha ascended the summit of Sumeru without leaving the tree of awakening, one in which the bodhisattvas of the ten directions praise the Buddha in verse — are still setting the stage. In this chapter the bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom enters concentration, receives the sustaining power, comes out of concentration, and opens his mouth; and what he speaks is ten kinds of abode. Chengguan states the occasion of this chapter very plainly: since the merits of the Buddha have now been made clear above, the main doctrine ought to be brought out; and further, what was distinguished before was the merit of the Buddha, which is what is depended upon, whereas what is distinguished here is the ten abodes, which are what depend on it. Li Tongxuan takes it up from the other end: the previous chapter was the gate of praise in verse and exhortation to cultivate, and only this chapter properly sets forth the practice of cultivating the ten abodes, and therefore this chapter had to come. Zhiyan puts it most sparely: “Why does it come? Because it is the main exposition.”

Put together, the three amount to one thing: praise is a looking up, and after the looking up there must be somewhere to set one's feet. This chapter is that place. Brought home to oneself: after a person has been moved by the Dharma, the easiest thing is to stop inside the being moved; the sūtra does not permit stopping there, and immediately gives you ten steps.

The word “abide”: to stand firm, not to stop

The “abide” of the ten abodes is most easily read as ‘lingering.’ Not one of the ancient masters reads it so.

Chengguan glosses it: “Wisdom abides in the principle and the station gained is not retrogressed from; hence it is called abiding.” — it is by wisdom that one abides in the principle, and therefore the station does not retrogress, and so it is called abiding. He further cites the lower fascicle of the Benye: “One first enters the realm of emptiness and abides in the station of the nature of emptiness; hence it is called abiding.” Fazang glosses it more tightly: “Because the station gained is not retrogressed from, it is said to abide.” Li Tongxuan speaks from the side of what is abided in: “As for the ten abodes, one abides born within the great wisdom of the Buddhas, and having entered this abiding one never again retrogresses; hence it is named abiding.” Zhiyan in one sentence: “To abide is the station of non-retrogression.”

All four masters put the weight on the two words “not retrogressing.” So abiding is not standing still but standing firm; not that one goes no further, but that having come this far one will not slip back. Clear away a common misunderstanding: do not imagine the ten abodes as ten resting stations. They are ten heights ‘from which one will no longer fall.’ Here is where it lands: what is truly rare in practice is not a burst of fierceness but not going backward.

As for the number “ten,” Chengguan says, “the meaning of abiding is of many kinds; ten is spoken as an entrustment of the round,” and Fazang says, “the dharma of abiding ought to be round, and as it is depended upon, ten are spoken, which is the number-bearing analysis” — ten is not a literal count but an entrustment of ten to display completeness. So there is no need to ask ‘why not nine or eleven.’

Chengguan's seven portions: how this chapter is assembled

Chengguan divides this chapter into seven portions: the portion of samādhi, of sustaining, of rising, the main portion, the portion of speaking, the portion of corroboration, and the portion of repeated verses. Fazang, over on the side of the sixty-fascicle text, divides it in exactly the same way, only calling the seventh the portion of verses. Zhiyan, following the pattern of the chapter on the Ten Grounds, divides it into six portions, the last called the portion of benefit — the number and the names of the portions the three masters give differ slightly; the ancients had this divergence, and it is recorded.

What use is it to a reader to know these seven portions? The use is this: this chapter is not a stretch of talk but a whole rite. Entering concentration (the portion of samādhi), the Buddhas sustaining him (the portion of sustaining), coming out and opening his mouth (the portion of rising), properly speaking the ten abodes (the main portion), heaven and earth bearing witness (the portion of speaking), the ten directions bearing witness (the portion of corroboration), and saying it over again (the portion of repeated verses). Not one of these steps is ornament, and each is taken up below in turn.

Why he must enter concentration before speaking

Chengguan lists six reasons: first, this samādhi is itself the very substance of the dharma to be spoken; second, without personal realization it cannot be spoken; third, to display that this dharma is not a sphere that thinking can reach; fourth, to observe capacities and weigh the medicine of the Dharma; fifth, in order to receive the Buddha's sustaining power; sixth, to accomplish a rite. The six purposes Fazang lists on the side of the sixty-fascicle text are wholly the same in the first five; his last is “in order to display that the Buddhas speak it alike.”

The weightiest of these six are the first and the second. The first says: concentration is not a preparatory act performed before speaking the Dharma — concentration is the very thing to be spoken; Chengguan cites the treatise to say that the samādhi is the substance of the dharma. The second says: without realization there is no speaking. Clear away a misunderstanding: do not suppose that entering concentration is a matter of ‘gathering one's attention so as to speak well.’ What the sūtra means is that this dharma cannot be taken out of thinking at all; it can only flow out of realization.

Then why is it Dharma Wisdom who enters concentration and not another? Chengguan answers with three things: he is the foremost of the assembly; were another to enter, the assembly's minds would be stirred and untamed; and it is to display that the dharma of the ten abodes is precisely what “Dharma Wisdom” is able to speak. The name here simply is the doctrine: only one whose wisdom can carry the Dharma can speak of a station of abiding by wisdom.

The name of the samādhi too has its meaning word by word. Chengguan takes it apart: it is called “bodhisattva” in order to set aside the concentration of the fruit of Buddhahood; it is called “skillful means” because it can know according to its own nature and is skilled in contemplative understanding; it is called “measureless” because each of the ten abodes gathers in many gates of skill; and it is called “entering” because the mind goes toward the Dharma. He also turns over the three aspects of entering, abiding, and coming out and reads them at a further depth: “Now, it is the stillness of that very illumining that is named entering; it is the illumining of that very stillness that is named coming out; and having entered and not yet risen is named abiding.” — illumining that is still is called entering, and stillness that illumines is called coming out. This is a different reading from that of the provisional and lesser teachings, which take entering concentration to be ‘drawing the six consciousnesses inward.’

The portion of sustaining: what the Buddhas gave

Buddhas as many as the dust motes of a thousand Buddha-lands in each of the ten directions appear before him, all bearing the same name, Dharma Wisdom. This passage has three things in it: the commendation, the account of the grounds of the sustaining, and the conferring of knowledge and the stroking of his crown.

As to the grounds of the sustaining, the sūtra lists three powers: the spiritual power of the Buddhas, the past vows and the majestic and spiritual power of the Tathāgata Vairocana, and the power of the roots of goodness that Dharma Wisdom himself has cultivated. The three powers are raised together and no one of them may be taken alone: assign it wholly to the Buddha's power and the practitioner has nothing to do; assign it wholly to his own power and one does not know whence the Dharma comes. Then follow ten clauses each ending in “because,” setting out what the sustaining is for: to increase the Buddha's wisdom, to enter deeply into the Dharma realm, well to know the realm of beings, to be unobstructed in what is entered, unhindered in what is practiced, to gain incomparable skillful means, to enter the nature of omniscience, to awaken to all dharmas, to know the faculties of all beings, and to be able to uphold and expound all dharmas — and only when the ten are finished is the proper theme to be spoken pointed out: “to arouse the bodhisattvas' ten kinds of abode.” Zhiyan divides this passage into eleven clauses, saying that one is general, nine are particular, and the last completes the station.

The ten kinds of knowledge conferred are: unobstructed knowledge, unattached knowledge, unbroken knowledge, undeluded knowledge, unvarying knowledge, unfailing knowledge, measureless knowledge, unsurpassed knowledge, untiring knowledge, and unseizable knowledge. All ten names are stated by negation — they do not say what is given but what obstruction is taken away. And the sūtra itself explains why they are given: “by the power of this samādhi, because the Dharma is just so.” The Dharma is originally like this; it is not an extra favor from the Buddhas.

The stroking of the crown is the sustaining by the deed of the body. The three kinds of sustaining — by speech (the commendation and the charge to speak), by mind (the conferring of the ten knowledges), and by body (the stroking of the crown) — Zhiyan distinguishes clearly. Where it lands: when a person is truly able to speak a profound dharma, he generally does not feel it to be his own accomplishment; and this passage is that very thing written up as a rite.

The general statement of the main portion: the place of abiding is vast, equal to the Dharma realm and to space

The first thing Dharma Wisdom says on coming out of concentration is: “The place where a bodhisattva abides is vast, equal to the Dharma realm and to space.” The second: “A bodhisattva abides in the house of the Buddhas of the three times.”

Chengguan divides these two sentences: the two words “place of abiding” display its substance in general, what follows from “vast” briefly shows its mark, and “abides in the house of the Buddhas of the three times” concludes by pointing to the place of abiding. He says further that the substance of the ten abodes is briefly of three kinds: first, in terms of what is depended upon, namely the samādhi above; second, in terms of the root, namely the ten abodes distinguished below; and third, the substance in its own nature — which, in terms of the object apprehended, is the two spheres of the real and the conventional, and in terms of the apprehending, the two practices of compassion and wisdom; and since the two spheres are already fused and compassion and wisdom are not separate, sphere and knowledge silently accord and are one and the same Dharma realm.

It is best to put a question to this passage first: since it says “abiding,” why does it begin by speaking of “vast”? The answer lies in the six words “equal to the Dharma realm and to space.” Whatever abiding has a place has a boundary; and where there is a boundary there is somewhere to retrogress to. The reason this abiding does not retrogress is precisely that it is so large as to have no outside. Clear away a misunderstanding: do not read “the place of abiding is vast” as meaning that the Buddha-land is very large. What the sūtra speaks of is the substance abided in, not the ground dwelt on.

The sixty-fascicle text has here “the bodhisattva's seed-nature is profound and vast, equal to the Dharma realm and to space,” setting up the text with “seed-nature”; and Zhiyan accordingly judges it to be the substance of the two seed-natures, the innate and the cultivated. The eighty-fascicle text has “place of abiding,” and Chengguan accordingly judges the place of abiding to be the general and all the rest to be particular. The text depended on differs, and so the outline set up differs; each of the two judgments has its own basis, and it is recorded.

The names of the ten abodes and the Buddhas of the three times speaking alike

“The abodes of a bodhisattva are of ten kinds, which the Buddhas of the past, the future, and the present have spoken, will speak, and now speak.” — Chengguan here draws a comparison: there is no fruit of Buddhahood in the three times that is not accomplished by the cause of these ten abodes, just as with the great king's road, which is the constant rule of the way things are; and therefore the three times' Buddhas speak them alike.

The great king's road is the public highway of a country, and whoever would travel takes this one road. This sentence settles the doubt a reader is most likely to raise: are the ten abodes some special arrangement of a particular sūtra or a particular Buddha? They are not. They are the highway.

The names of the ten abodes: the abode of first arousing the mind, of preparing the ground, of cultivation, of noble birth, of perfected skillful means, of the rectified mind, of non-retrogression, of childlike purity, of the prince, and of consecration. Within the ten names there is one very clear thread — the first three are setting out on one's own (arousing the mind, preparing the ground, cultivating contemplation), the middle three are a change of station (birth into the house of the Buddha, skillful means made complete, the mind rectified and unmoved), and the last four are ripening toward succession (non-retrogression, childlike purity, princehood, consecration). The imagery this thread uses is that of succession in a royal house: born into the king's house, grown to a youth, established as prince, and consecrated as successor.

One thing often confused should be noted in passing: “the ten abodes” is a name the sūtra itself has; but the placing of the ten abodes after the ten faiths and before the ten practices, and the saying that they belong to the lower of the three worthies — this matching of stations is the outline of Chengguan and the other ancient masters, and the sūtra itself does not mark it so. In reading one must keep clear which layer is sūtra and which is commentary.

Under the ten abodes, each abode is divided into two portions: first the ten things accomplished in the present abode, then the “ten dharmas he should be exhorted to learn.” Chengguan judges the former portion to be the proper portion and the latter the advancing portion — the proper portion is what has already been stood firm in at this abode, and the advancing portion is what must be learned in order to go up a step. Li Tongxuan reckons the total: within each and every abode there are twenty dharma-gates, ten dharmas accomplishing the present station and ten serving as the practice of ascent, so that the ten abodes together come to two hundred dharma-gates. A word-by-word count of the base text agrees.

Each abode is now taken up in turn, clause by clause.

Abode one, first arousing the mind: the conditions of arousing, and the ten powers taken as object

First a question: the “arousing the mind” of the abode of first arousing the mind — what mind is aroused? The sūtra says it plainly — “he arouses the mind of awakening and seeks omniscience.” It is not the vow to be a good person; it is the seeking of omniscience.

The conditions of arousing the mind. The sūtra first lists six marks of seeing the Buddha: upright and adorned in form, complete and full in color and mark, delightful for all to behold, hard to encounter, possessed of great majestic power, and seeing the spiritual feet; then three conditions of hearing the Dharma: hearing predictions conferred, receiving instruction and admonition, hearing the Tathāgata's vast Buddha-Dharma; and one further condition that is adverse: seeing beings undergoing severe suffering. Chengguan divides these ten clauses, saying: “The text lists ten conditions, and in meaning it holds four causes, namely faith, compassion, wisdom, and the seed-nature.” — the first three contemplate the outer marks, the fourth, “hard to encounter,” runs through both inner and outer, the fifth, “possessed of great majestic power,” makes plain the inner virtue, and the sixth, “spiritual feet,” is outer function alone; while the clause about seeing beings suffer is the cause that is compassion.

Clear away a misunderstanding: is it not too shallow to arouse the mind because the Buddha is fine to look at? Chengguan answers well: among the six above, upon seeing any one thing pure faith is born and the mind aspires upward in seeking, thinking within, ‘if this may be cultivated, I too shall surely be thus’ — the starting point is in the mark, and the landing point is in the seeking. Entering by way of the shallow is not the same as being shallow.

The ten hard-to-obtain dharmas taken as object (the ten things of the proper portion). These ten dharmas are the Tathāgata's ten powers, and Chengguan judges plainly, at the repeated verses, that “the first ten verses are about arousing the mind in dependence on the ten powers, one verse to one power.” Clause by clause:

First, the knowledge of what is and is not so — knowing what does and does not stand to reason. The repeated verses put it most clearly: “The causes and fruits of the three times are called ‘what is so,’ and to grasp a self and an own-nature is called ‘what is not so’”; cause and fruit are what is so, and grasping a self and an own-nature is what is not so; if this one thing is not distinguished, the other nine powers cannot even be spoken of. Second, the knowledge of the retribution of good and evil deeds — knowing all good and evil deeds and their fruits with nothing left out; to arouse the mind without knowing deeds and their retribution is to let compassion decline into sentiment. Third, the knowledge of the superiority and inferiority of the faculties — knowing that beings' faculties are keen or dull; this is the root of whether teaching can meet its mark. Fourth, the knowledge of the differences among the various understandings — knowing that beings' views and delights each differ, which the repeated verses render “the loves and desires of their minds each differing”; only by knowing the differences does one know where to begin. Fifth, the knowledge of the differences among the various elements — knowing the differences of kind and constitution among beings, which the repeated verses render “beings' manifold constitutions and elements each differ”; the elements are a classification deeper down than the understandings and harder to alter. Sixth, the knowledge of the paths that lead to every destination — knowing to what each gate of practice leads, which the repeated verses render “each and every one having its own destination”; what a learner most fears is to walk a long way without knowing where it leads. Seventh, the knowledge of the concentrations, liberations, and samādhis — knowing the defilement and purity of all concentrations, liberations, and samādhis and their entering, abiding, and coming forth; states of concentration may be deviant or right, and this knowledge is precisely the sorting of them. Eighth, the unobstructed knowledge of former lives — recollecting without obstruction the natures and marks of past ages; only by knowing the past does one know where the present came from. Ninth, the unobstructed knowledge of the heavenly eye — seeing without obstruction how beings drift along with their deeds; the repeated verses say “they drift along with their deeds without a moment's rest,” and what the heavenly eye illumines is deeds, not marvels. Tenth, the knowledge of the universal exhaustion of the outflows of the three times — knowing that the afflictions and residual habits of the three times are universally cut off, which the repeated verses render “arising in succession together with the residual habits; wishing to know them completely and to make them utterly exhausted”; the first nine are knowing beings, and this one is knowing where cutting off happens, and so it is listed last.

The reason the ten powers are “hard-to-obtain dharmas” is precisely that they are the Buddha's own sphere. One at the first arousing of the mind takes the Buddha's sphere as object and thereby arouses the mind; this is the very style of this chapter — what is taken as object being high, what is aroused is great.

The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). Chengguan says these ten dharmas “do not go beyond compassion and wisdom. Making offerings to the Buddhas is the general clause, running through both goods and Dharma; the nine below are particular.” Clause by clause:

First, diligently making offerings to the Buddhas — this is the general clause, running through offerings of goods and of Dharma; only when the nine things below are done is it a true offering. Second, delighting to abide in birth-and-death — Chengguan glosses: with great compassion foremost he therefore delights to abide, and with wisdom penetrating its emptiness he therefore has no dread; it is not craving for birth-and-death but not fearing it. Third, acting as the guiding lord of the world and causing evil deeds to be extinguished — abiding and acting as lord, he guides the people of the world to remove evil. Fourth, constantly instructing by the supreme and subtle Dharma — that is, the principle and teaching by which he can guide. Fifth, praising the unsurpassed Dharma — displaying the fruit so that people aspire to it, which is where the teaching arrives. Sixth, learning the merits of the Buddhas — learning the Buddha's virtue as the cause by which one can arrive. Seventh, being born before the Buddhas and constantly receiving their embrace — the completing of virtue depends on conditions, and so he vows to be born before the Buddhas. Eighth, expounding the tranquil samādhis by skillful means — stilling the stir of the seeking above and the transforming below. Ninth, praising departure from the round of birth-and-death — stillness necessarily departs from the round. Tenth, being a refuge for beings who suffer — not losing the mind of compassion, and so being ever what beings rely on.

The order of these ten clauses has been considered: it begins from making offerings, passes through the tempering of the mind on actual affairs, gathers into stillness, and from stillness returns to beings. The last clause returning to suffering beings is precisely what prevents the eighth and ninth from being read as a turning away. The concluding sentence, “in order to make the bodhisattva's mind turn ever broader within the Buddha-Dharma,” shows that the purpose of the exhortation is not to add items but to enlarge the mind.

Abode two, preparing the ground: putting the ground of the mind in order

First a question: the mind having been aroused, why must the ground still be “prepared”? Chengguan answers: “it is to temper and prepare the ground of the mind so that compassion and wisdom grow bright; hence it is named the abode of preparing the ground.” — arousing the mind is the seed falling to the ground, and preparing the ground is putting the ground in order, without which the seed will not grow. He says further that this abode is one in which “constantly following the mind of emptiness one is pure, and the eighty-four thousand gates of Dharma are pure and clean,” that is, washing the ground of the mind with the wisdom of emptiness.

Arousing ten kinds of mind toward beings (the proper portion). Chengguan says these ten minds have two meanings: first, that toward each and every being one arouses these ten minds; second, that in order to distinguish differences they are matched to eight kinds of being. Clause by clause:

First, the mind of benefit — Chengguan gives the instance: toward hostile beings one not only does not think of requital but goes on to bestow benefit. Second, the mind of great compassion — toward beings poor and suffering, wishing them to be free of it, one arouses compassion. Third, the mind of ease and joy — toward beings in peril and dread and without joy, causing them to gain the means of joy inexhaustibly. Fourth, the mind of settling them — toward beings of evil conduct, causing them to be settled in good conduct. Fifth, the mind of pity — toward beings who have gained joy, with a mind of commiseration not letting them grow negligent; those who have gained joy most easily forget and lose it, and so this mind is needed. Sixth, the mind of taking them in — toward outsiders who have not yet aroused the mind, gathering them so that right faith is born. Seventh, the mind of guarding them — those in whom faith has been born, upholding them so that they do not fall away. Eighth, the mind that treats them as oneself — regarding another as oneself, whereby the partition between foe and kin dissolves. Ninth, the mind of a teacher — treating beings with the mind of an elder teacher, without contempt. Tenth, the mind of a guide — leading beings with the mind of a guide, not stopping at instruction but bringing them onto the road.

The ten minds begin from “benefit” and conclude with “a guide,” a single line running from giving to leading. Clear away a misunderstanding: these ten minds are not ten emotions; they are ten positions from which beings are met.

The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). Clause by clause:

First, reciting, rehearsing, and wide learning — preparing the ground first requires materials, and so wide learning comes first. Second, empty, leisured stillness — wide learning without a still place in which to digest it becomes mere piling up. Third, drawing near to good friends — looking at oneself easily goes crooked, and so good friends are needed. Fourth, speaking gently and pleasingly — the repeated verses add a phrase, “apart from harshness”; when speech is coarse the Dharma does not enter people. Fifth, speaking knowing the right time — the repeated verses render it “speaking always knowing the right time and without dread”; a true word out of season is also an obstruction. Sixth, the mind without timidity or dread — timid, one dares neither speak nor act. Seventh, penetrating the meaning — not stopping at the letter. Eighth, practicing in accord with the Dharma — understanding of the meaning must come down into practice. Ninth, departing from folly and confusion — removing dullness. Tenth, abiding unshaken — the repeated verses render it “departing from folly and confusion with the mind unshaken”; the unshaken gathers up the nine before it.

The concluding sentence says “in order to make the bodhisattva's great compassion grow toward all beings” — the ten clauses all appear to be a putting of oneself in order, yet the purpose is the growth of compassion toward beings. Chengguan points this out here: “it is compassion that is made to grow.” Where it lands: the ground is prepared for the sake of planting a tree, not for the ground's own good looks.

Abode three, cultivation: contemplating all dharmas by ten kinds of practice

First a question: the mind has been aroused and the ground prepared; why is only this one called “cultivation”? Because the two abodes before are the setting of the aim and the making ready, and only at this abode does contemplation properly begin. Chengguan divides this abode into two portions: the proper portion is the practice that guards against the afflictions, and the advancing portion is the practice that guards against the lesser vehicle — the former guards against falling into the ordinary, the latter against falling into the lesser. This is a weighty sentence: one who cultivates contemplation has two pits, one of failing in contemplation and retreating into the afflictions, the other of succeeding in contemplation and falling into the biased emptiness of the two vehicles.

Contemplating all dharmas by ten kinds of practice (the proper portion). Chengguan says these ten impermanences are largely the same as what is distinguished at the third ground of the chapter on the Ten Grounds, and cites the treatise's “the going on of life does not stay: this in general is named impermanence” as the general clause, further dividing it into impermanence from moment to moment and impermanence over one term of life. Clause by clause:

First, contemplating that all dharmas are impermanent — this is the general clause: the going on of life does not stay. Second, that all dharmas are suffering — in dependence on the five blazing aggregates there is the mark of oppression, and therefore it is suffering; Chengguan cites the Yuqie shidi lun: taking attention to the practice of impermanence as prior, one enters upon the practice of suffering. Third, that all dharmas are empty — from suffering, since nothing is obtained, one thereupon enters upon the practice of emptiness. Fourth, that all dharmas are without self — being empty, they are not sovereign, and there is no ruler. Fifth, that all dharmas are without doing — there is no doer standing behind them. Sixth, that all dharmas are without savor — the repeated verses render it “all dharmas are not to be delighted in”; it is not that they taste bad but that they have no truly covetable savor. Seventh, that all dharmas are not as their names — the repeated verses render it “not as their names”; name and dharma do not answer to each other, and this clause breaks precisely the disease of taking dharmas by their names. Eighth, that all dharmas are without location — dharmas have no fixed place to be. Ninth, that all dharmas are apart from discrimination — dharmas are of themselves apart from discrimination; it is not that we go and part them from it. Tenth, that all dharmas are without solid reality — the repeated verses render it “without discrimination and without reality,” and by having no solid reality the nine before are gathered up.

These ten clauses have an order: from impermanence one enters suffering, from suffering emptiness, from emptiness no-self; and the five after that strip away layer by layer the residual notion that ‘there is still something there.’ Clear away a misunderstanding: contemplating impermanence is not for the sake of pessimism but so as no longer to guard the false as though it were true.

The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). The syntax of this passage is peculiar — it does not make ten separate items but three groups of contemplation:

First, contemplating the realm of beings; second, contemplating the Dharma realm; third, contemplating the world — these three are the three layers of the sentient, the normative, and the receptacle. Fourth, contemplating the earth element; fifth, the water element; sixth, the fire element; seventh, the wind element — these four are the four great elements that form a world. Eighth, contemplating the realm of desire; ninth, the realm of form; tenth, the formless realm — these three are the levels of the three existences. Together they come to exactly ten.

The repeated verses touch on these three groups again: “Next make him contemplate the realm of beings, and exhort him to contemplate the Dharma realm, and the differences among worlds exhaustively with nothing left,” and “The worlds of the ten directions and space as well, all the earth, the water, the fire, and the wind, the realm of desire, the realm of form, and the formless realm”; and at the end they add the crucial line, “Contemplating the differences among those realms one by one, and their natures too all fully clarified” — not only the marks of their differences are contemplated, but their very natures. The concluding sentence, “in order to make the bodhisattva's wisdom clear and penetrating,” shows that what is sought in this passage is the clarity of wisdom, not breadth of knowledge.

Abode four, noble birth: born into the house of the Buddha

First a question: what is “noble birth”? Chengguan says: “As for being born out of the teaching of the sages, it is that by the perfuming of wide learning the outflowing and outflow-free dharma of teaching gives birth to his wisdom.” — by hearing the teaching of the sages there is perfumed an outflow-free wisdom, and this wisdom is born of the teaching, and so it is called birth. He further cites two lines of this chapter's repeated verses in evidence: “When a son of the Buddha contemplates dharmas in this way, he is born of the Buddha himself and so is named a son of the Buddha,” which is spoken with reference to the person who speaks; and “Penetrating that the existences have nothing possessed, he passes beyond those dharmas and is born into the Dharma realm,” which is spoken with reference to the principle. Teaching, person, and principle — all three can give birth to this station, and so it is noble.

Born from the teaching of the sages, accomplishing ten dharmas (the proper portion). Chengguan says these ten things are the same as the ten dharma-knowledges of the fourth ground of the chapter on the Ten Grounds, differing only in how they are opened out or drawn together. Clause by clause:

First, never retrogressing in the presence of the Buddhas — this is the knowledge of one's own place of abiding: since the station does not retrogress, it is also what he is born into. Second, giving rise to deep and pure faith — this is the knowledge of like reverence, for pure faith in the Buddha must come before birth. Third, well contemplating dharmas — faith without contemplation becomes blind faith. Fourth, knowing beings — one born into the Buddha's house must first recognize those to be delivered. Fifth, knowing lands — recognizing the places to be transformed. Sixth, knowing worlds — recognizing the forming and destruction of the receptacle realm. Seventh, knowing deeds — recognizing the cause. Eighth, knowing retribution — recognizing the fruit. Ninth, knowing birth-and-death — recognizing the side of flowing and turning. Tenth, knowing nirvāṇa — recognizing the side of returning and ceasing.

Among the ten clauses, the first three are one's own standing place and the latter seven are the spheres known. To be born into the Buddha's house is not to have gained a status but to have exchanged one's eyes: from now on, in looking at beings, lands, worlds, deeds, retribution, birth-and-death, and nirvāṇa, one looks by one and the same Dharma.

The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). This passage too is in groups:

First through third, knowing all the Buddha-dharmas of past, future, and present — first the seeking to know. Fourth through sixth, cultivating and gathering all the Buddha-dharmas of past, future, and present — next the seeking to gather. Seventh through ninth, fulfilling all the Buddha-dharmas of past, future, and present — then the seeking to fulfill. And the tenth, knowing that all Buddhas are equal — which gathers the nine before into one.

Knowing, gathering, and fulfilling, three layers multiplied by the three times, come to nine; and the last clause returns the Buddhas of the three times to equality. The repeated verses restate this structure just as it stands: “In the past, the future, and the present ages, the manifold Buddha-dharmas that are therein — knowing them, gathering them, and fulfilling them,” and “All the Tathāgatas of the three times — being able to contemplate along with them and know them wholly equal, so that the manifold differences are not to be found.” The concluding sentence, “in order to advance him, so that within the three times his mind attains equality” — Chengguan says, “only when the times are not made separate does one know equality.” Where it lands: having been born into the Buddha's house, one should no longer be making calculations about ‘this one life of mine’; the three times are one household's affair.

Abode five, perfected skillful means: the roots of goodness cultivated are all given away

First a question: why is this abode called “perfected skillful means”? Chengguan answers deftly: “As for the fifth, the abode of perfected skillful means, the ten minds of the proper portion are also skillful means, and the ten minds of the advancing portion are also perfected.” — the two words of the abode's name belong severally to the two portions, and yet the two portions are furnished with each other. The former portion is the skillful use of the roots of goodness upon beings; the latter is the perfect knowing of the emptiness of beings.

One fact about the base text should also be pointed out first: of the ten abodes, the proper portion of this abode alone has neither the question “which ten?” nor the concluding “these are the ten”; the sūtra simply sets down ten clauses beginning “all beings.” The other nine abodes all have both question and conclusion, and this one abode alone is the exception.

The roots of goodness cultivated are all for beings (the ten things of the proper portion). Chengguan says the first clause is general, and that the two matters of rescuing from suffering and guarding the good divide the rest between them. Clause by clause:

First, rescuing and guarding all beings — this is the general clause, and everything is for its sake. Second, benefiting all beings — bestowing the cause of joy. Third, giving ease and joy to all beings — causing them to gain the fruit of joy. Fourth, having pity on all beings — pitying their false joys, and not letting them be engrossed in them. Fifth, delivering all beings — delivering them from suffering so that they gain liberation. Sixth, making all beings depart from every calamity — what they are parted from is present suffering of the sort of the three calamities and the eight difficulties. Seventh, making all beings come out from the suffering of birth-and-death — what they come out from is the two births-and-deaths, that of apportioned segments and that of transformation. Eighth, making all beings give rise to pure faith — the first step of rescue is to teach them to give rise to faith. Ninth, making all beings be wholly tamed — from faith they come to be tamed. Tenth, making all beings all realize nirvāṇa — being tamed, they arrive at the ultimate.

The ten clauses begin from rescue and conclude with nirvāṇa, and in between there is a very fine sequence: first giving joy, then drawing out suffering, then breaking false joy, and thereafter carrying them all the way from faith and taming to the ultimate. The repeated verses compress it into four lines: “The manifold merits that the bodhisattva cultivates are all in order to rescue and guard the multitude of the living,” and “For all the world he removes the many calamities, leading them out of the existences and making them rejoice; taming them one by one with none left out, he makes them all furnished with virtue and turned toward nirvāṇa.”

Clear away a misunderstanding: this passage is often read as a text of vows. It is not a vow; it states the actual destination of the “roots of goodness cultivated” by this bodhisattva — all that he has cultivated is given away, with not a portion kept for himself, and this is what is called skillful means made perfect.

The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). All ten clauses are “knowing beings”:

First, knowing that beings are without bound — there is no boundary. Second, knowing that beings are without measure — they cannot be delimited. Third, knowing that beings are beyond counting — they cannot be reckoned. Fourth, knowing that beings are inconceivable — they exceed thinking. Fifth, knowing that beings' forms are measureless — the kinds of shape and color are measureless. Sixth, knowing that beings are not to be weighed — they cannot be weighed. Seventh, knowing that beings are empty — from the ‘so many as to be inexhaustible’ of the first six it turns into ‘originally empty of themselves,’ and this is the pivot of the whole passage. Eighth, knowing that beings are without any doing — there is no doer. Ninth, knowing that beings are without anything possessed — originally nothing is possessed. Tenth, knowing that beings are without own-nature — they have no own-nature.

The first six speak of multitude and the latter four of emptiness, and this order is the doctrinal eye of the passage. One must first know that beings are so many as to be inexhaustible, for only then is the mind that delivers them aroused thoroughly; and one must then know that beings are originally empty, for only then will the practice of delivering them not be stuck to ‘how many people I have delivered.’ The concluding sentence, “in order to make his mind turn to be ever more excellent, without anything defiling it,” is precisely the effect of the two layers together. One line of the repeated verses gathers it all: “All beings are without any bound, measureless, numberless, inconceivable, and not to be weighed and not to be measured”

Abode six, the rectified mind: unshaken by whatever is heard

First a question: the five abodes before have already been delivering beings; why should there still be a problem of the mind being shaken? Because what the five before face is affairs, whereas what this one faces is “what is said” — hearing how others speak of the Buddha, of the Dharma, of bodhisattvas, of beings, of the Dharma realm. People who are not thrown by affairs are often thrown by argument.

Chengguan says that the reason this abode is unshaken is that “within the proper portion, because he has accomplished the wisdom that understands the nature and marks of dharmas, he is in all cases unshaken, and this is named the rectified mind.” It is not that he holds himself still by force; it is that after understanding dharmas he cannot be stirred.

Hearing ten kinds of dharma, the mind is settled and unshaken (the proper portion). The sūtra sets them out as ten pairs of opposed sayings. Clause by clause:

First, hearing the Buddha praised or maligned — Chengguan says the first four pairs are with reference to the Three Jewels that are revered: “because he understands that dharmas are equal and that sound is like an echo in a valley, he gives rise to neither delight nor grief at praise or malignment.” Second, hearing the Dharma praised or maligned — the Dharma is not increased by a man's praise nor decreased by his malignment. Third, hearing bodhisattvas praised or maligned — he adds a further remark: spoken of in terms of attachment they should be maligned, spoken of in terms of principle they should be praised, and each of the two sayings has its own share. Fourth, hearing the dharmas practiced by bodhisattvas praised or maligned — from the person on to the dharmas the person practices, which is the advance upon the third pair. Fifth, hearing it said that beings are limited or unlimited — from here three pairs are with reference to the beings who are pitied; Chengguan judges: limited and unlimited are the two extremes of annihilation and permanence, into which the bodhisattva does not fall. Sixth, hearing it said that beings are defiled or undefiled — these are the two extremes of increase and decrease, from which the bodhisattva departs. Seventh, hearing it said that beings are easy or hard to deliver — these are the two extremes of suffering and pleasure, in which the bodhisattva does not dwell. Eighth, hearing it said that the Dharma realm is limited or unlimited — from here three pairs are with reference to the Dharma realm that is known. Ninth, hearing it said that the Dharma realm is formed or destroyed — sayings of forming and destruction cannot shake him. Tenth, hearing it said that the Dharma realm either exists or does not exist — sayings of existence and non-existence cannot shake him either.

Of the ten pairs, the first four are what is revered, the middle three what is pitied, and the last three what is known — only when reverence, pity, and knowing have all three been tested is it called settled. Clear away a misunderstanding: to be unshaken is not to have no position; it is not to be dragged along by the sayings of either extreme. Chengguan, at the fifth through the seventh pairs, points out the three sorts of extreme view — annihilation and permanence, increase and decrease, suffering and pleasure — showing that what is called being unshaken is precisely not falling into either of two extremes. As for what the Shangzhu tianzi jing says, “there is none who, without being maligned in speech, is able to arrive within that liberation” — Chengguan cites this in order to show that being maligned is something that must be passed through on the road of cultivation, and need not be taken for a mishap.

The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). All ten clauses are “all dharmas”:

First, all dharmas are without mark; second, all dharmas are without substance; third, all dharmas cannot be cultivated — this clause is the most easily misread: it does not say there is no need to cultivate, but that there is no real dharma to be cultivated and grasped. Fourth, all dharmas are without anything possessed; fifth, all dharmas are without reality; sixth, all dharmas are empty; seventh, all dharmas are without nature; eighth, all dharmas are like an illusion; ninth, all dharmas are like a dream; tenth, all dharmas are without discrimination.

The first seven are negations, the eighth and ninth present the matter by the two similes of illusion and dream, and the tenth gathers it up with non-discrimination. The repeated verses compress the ten clauses into two lines: “All dharmas are wholly without mark, without substance, without nature, empty and without reality, like an illusion and like a dream and apart from discrimination; he ever delights to hear a meaning such as this.” The last line, “ever delights to hear,” is of great weight — one who is unshaken is not one who no longer listens, but one who listens the more gladly. The concluding sentence says that what is sought is “to gain the non-retrogressive forbearance of the non-arising of dharmas,” and this joins this abode to the next.

Abode seven, non-retrogression: not even ‘whether or not it exists’ can move him

First a question: the abode of the rectified mind is already unshaken; is the abode of non-retrogression not a repetition? Chengguan has distinguished this very question, and answers it most finely:

Although all ten clauses speak of not retrogressing, they are “largely the same as the previous station”; but at this station he has already entered the non-arising and knows that the dharmas he hears are ultimately empty. The previous station gathers affairs into principle and thereby makes the mind unshaken; this station has affairs and principle both present and yet the mind does not retrogress; the station after goes from principle toward affairs, following affairs in practice and growing ever more seasoned. Moreover, at the previous station what was heard was only praise or malignment of the Three Jewels, and to bear that was still easy; at this station what is heard is ‘whether or not,’ where what is at stake goes deeper, so that to accomplish forbearance is hard, and therefore it surpasses the previous station. He adds a further mark of division: the previous station spoke of being unshaken, which is only being able to rectify the mind; this station speaks of not retrogressing, which carries the sense of advancing onward.

This piece of analysis is worth reading over and over. Praise and malignment wound the feelings; existence and non-existence move the root. A person may be able to bear another's cursing the Dharma he believes in, and yet may not be able to bear someone telling him ‘there is no such thing at all.’

Hearing ten kinds of dharma and being firm and not retrogressing (the proper portion). Chengguan divides them: the first three are the Three Jewels, the next two severally display the foregoing dharma, the next three severally make plain the first, the Buddha, and the last two are with reference to the Buddha's sphere and knowledge. Clause by clause:

First, hearing that there is or is not a Buddha — the Jewel of the Buddha. Second, hearing that there is or is not a Dharma — the Jewel of the Dharma. Third, hearing that there are or are not bodhisattvas — the Jewel of the Saṅgha. Fourth, hearing that there is or is not bodhisattva practice — from bodhisattvas on to the practice of bodhisattvas. Fifth, hearing that a bodhisattva's cultivation does or does not bring forth deliverance — from practice on to the fruit of practice, and this clause wounds most of all: having cultivated, does one in the end get out or not. Sixth, hearing that in the past there were or were not Buddhas; seventh, hearing that in the future there will or will not be Buddhas; eighth, hearing that in the present there are or are not Buddhas — the three times severally make plain the existence or non-existence of a Buddha. Ninth, hearing that the Buddha's knowledge is exhaustible or inexhaustible — with reference to the Buddha's knowledge. Tenth, hearing that the three times are one mark or not one mark — with reference to the Buddha's sphere.

The ten clauses push from the Three Jewels on to practice, on to the fruit, on to the three times, on to the Buddha's knowledge and the Buddha's sphere, questioning all the way down to the root. By the last clause what is asked is already whether time itself is one or many. To be able not to retrogress here is what is called being firm.

The ten vast dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). Note that the heading clause here differs from that of the other abodes: the sūtra specially calls them “ten kinds of vast dharma.” The ten clauses are five pairs of doubly returning sentences:

First, to speak of one is to speak of many; second, to speak of many is to speak of one — the first pair is mutual identity in number. Third, the words follow upon the meaning; fourth, the meaning follows upon the words — the second pair is the mutual following of words and meaning. Fifth, non-existence is existence; sixth, existence is non-existence — the third pair is mutual identity of existence and non-existence. Seventh, the markless is the marked; eighth, the marked is the markless — the fourth pair is mark and marklessness. Ninth, naturelessness is nature; tenth, nature is naturelessness — the fifth pair is nature and naturelessness.

The repeated verses gather it into one crucial line: “that all such things are thus accomplished by turns: this should be expounded for the one who does not retrogress.” — why may such words be spoken only to one who does not retrogress? Because “one is many,” to one who has not yet entered the non-arising, sounds only like a contradiction, and hearing it he instead retrogresses. That the sūtra deliberately places these ten dharmas at the abode of non-retrogression is thus a matter of measure. The concluding sentence, “in order to advance him, so that in all dharmas he is well able to come forth” — the dharma of mutual identity is not abstruse talk but a gate of coming forth.

Abode eight, childlike purity: the three deeds without fault

First a question: having come to the eighth abode, why on the contrary is it called “childlike”? What childlike purity takes is the meaning of being pure and undefiled, not yet having received admixture. Chengguan says that the first three clauses of this abode's proper portion, the three deeds being without fault and the residual habits forever departed from, are properly what a Buddha attains, and that to be effortless and spontaneous belongs to the eighth ground; this abode is “largely the same as the eighth ground,” and because he can practice without outflows he therefore attains the absence of fault — neither the fault of the ten unwholesome deeds nor the fault of error.

Abiding in ten kinds of deed (the proper portion). Chengguan divides them: the first three are the three deeds without fault, and are also the substance of transforming others; the fourth is the body that can transform; the next four are the knowledge that can transform; the next one is the place of transforming; and the last is the dharma of transforming. Clause by clause:

First, what the body does is without fault — the deed of body is pure. Second, what speech does is without fault — the deed of speech is pure. Third, what the mind does is without fault — the deed of mind is pure; the three deeds being without fault is the real meaning of purity, and the name childlike is established from this. Fourth, taking birth according to his own intention — Chengguan says this is the body that can transform: the bodhisattva of sudden awakening takes birth according to his vow, valuing the benefit of others, and does not choose between pure land and defiled. Fifth, knowing the manifold desires of beings — what they desire. Sixth, knowing the manifold understandings of beings — what they understand. Seventh, knowing the manifold elements of beings — the elemental nature they depend on. Eighth, knowing the manifold deeds of beings — the deeds they do; these four clauses are precisely four of the knowledges among the ten powers, and are the knowledge that can transform. Ninth, knowing the forming and destruction of worlds — this is the place of transforming. Tenth, spiritual feet sovereign, where he goes without obstruction — this is the proper practice of the dharma of transforming.

The structure of the ten clauses is very clear: being clean oneself (the first three), being able to manifest a body (the fourth), recognizing people (the fifth through the eighth), recognizing the place (the ninth), and being able to get there (the tenth). Where it lands: what is called purity is not being cut off from the world but not being stained anywhere in it.

The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). Chengguan says this passage is the practice of the immovable, the first six being sovereignty over lands and the latter four sovereignty in the three deeds. Clause by clause:

First, knowing all Buddha-lands — knowing them first. Second, shaking all Buddha-lands — being able to shake them. Third, upholding all Buddha-lands — being able to sustain them. Fourth, contemplating all Buddha-lands — being able to contemplate them. Fifth, going to all Buddha-lands — being able to go to them. Sixth, roaming through numberless worlds — roaming without obstruction; these six are sovereignty over lands. Seventh, receiving numberless Buddha-dharmas — which the repeated verses render “asaṃkhyeya dharmas he can inquire into,” and which is sovereignty in the deed of mind. Eighth, manifesting a body of sovereign transformation — which the repeated verses render “the bodies he wishes to receive he attains in sovereignty,” and which is sovereignty in the deed of body. Ninth, sending forth a vast and pervading voice — which the repeated verses render “his speech-sounds are skillful and pervade all things,” and which is sovereignty in the deed of speech. Tenth, in a single kṣaṇa serving and making offerings to numberless Buddhas — which the repeated verses render “he serves numberless Buddhas,” gathering up the three deeds by the serving of the Buddhas.

The concluding sentence: “in order to advance him, so that in all dharmas he gains skill.” Clear away a misunderstanding: these ten clauses read like a list of spiritual powers, but the landing point of every one of them is in “transforming” — knowing lands is for going there, going is for delivering, and manifesting a body and sending forth a voice are for expounding the Dharma. Spiritual power here is not a feat but the natural function of a childlike and pure mind.

Abode nine, the prince: learning to be the one who succeeds

First a question: since he is named a prince, what does he learn? The answer: he learns to succeed. What the abodes before learn is how to walk oneself; what this abode learns are the rules of the house of the Dharma King.

Note: Chengguan's commentary on the outline of this abode does not fall within the framework that was taken up, and the lack is recorded; what follows treats it clause by clause according to the sūtra and the repeated verses.

Well knowing ten kinds of dharma (the proper portion). Clause by clause:

First, well knowing how beings take birth — which the repeated verses render “he can see the differences in beings' taking birth,” knowing whence beings come. Second, well knowing how the afflictions arise — knowing under what conditions the afflictions come into activity. Third, well knowing how the residual habits continue on — knowing the remaining momentum left after activity has passed; the afflictions are easy to cut off but the residual habits are hard to exhaust, and so a separate clause is set up. Fourth, well knowing the skillful means of what is practiced — knowing where the counteragent takes hold. Fifth, well knowing measureless dharmas — the dharmas known are measureless. Sixth, well understanding the manifold deportments — which the repeated verses render “dharmas each differ and the deportments are distinct”; deportment is the outward display of station, and a son of the Dharma King must understand it. Seventh, well knowing the differences among worlds — knowing that the places to be transformed are not the same. Eighth, well knowing the affairs of the earlier and later limits — knowing the affairs of past and future. Ninth, well knowing how to expound the conventional truth — being able to speak the words of the conventional truth. Tenth, well knowing how to expound the truth of the highest meaning — being able to speak the words of the truth of the highest meaning.

The ten clauses fall into three sections: the first four know beings' sickness and its medicine, the middle three know dharmas and deportment and place, and the last three know time and the speaking of the two truths. The weightiest are the last two — a son of the Dharma King's competence lies in ‘being able to say it,’ and in being able to say both truths. The repeated verses join them in one line: “as the conventional truth and the truth of the highest meaning have it, he is well able to know it all with nothing left over.”

The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). All ten of these clauses take the “Dharma King” as the ground of the figure, and they are a whole set of royal usages:

First, the skillfulness of the place of the Dharma King — the skillful devices of the king's place. Second, the rule and measure of the place of the Dharma King — the laws and regulations of the royal house. Third, the palace of the place of the Dharma King — where the king dwells. Fourth, the entering in to the place of the Dharma King — how one enters the king's place. Fifth, the contemplation at the place of the Dharma King — what is contemplated and seen once entered. Sixth, the consecration of the Dharma King — the royal house's dharma of consecration. Seventh, the sustaining power of the Dharma King — the king's sustaining by spiritual power. Eighth, the fearlessness of the Dharma King — the king's having no timidity. Ninth, the reposing rest of the Dharma King — the king's chamber of repose. Tenth, the praises of the Dharma King — the king's honor and praise.

The repeated verses work these ten clauses into four lines: “The place where the Dharma King skillfully sets things up, and the dharmas belonging to that place, how one enters the palace of the Dharma King, and what is contemplated and seen therein. The dharmas of consecration that the Dharma King has, the sustaining of his spiritual power without any timidity, the chamber of his reposing rest and the matter of praise and honor — by these he gives instruction to the son of the Dharma King.” — this passage is the most complete single figure in the whole chapter. The separately circulating Pusa benye jing has at the same place “he learns the Dharma King's right conduct, learns the Dharma King's rites” down to “learns the Dharma King's touring of the lands”: the ground of the figure is wholly the same while the items differ slightly, which shows how ancient this figure is.

Clear away a misunderstanding: this is not teaching anyone to put on airs. What the prince learns is to take up the burden — that even how the king rests is to be learned says that the successor's every bearing is within the rule of law. The concluding sentence: “in order to advance him, so that in his mind there is no obstruction”; and the repeated verses add a line of still greater weight: “and making his mind attached to nothing.” Having learned a whole set of royal usages, he is yet to be attached to nothing — this is where the measure of the passage lies.

Abode ten, consecration: the station full and not to be fathomed

First a question: what does consecration mean? Li Tongxuan gives it two layers: first as a figure — “as when pure water is poured from the crown and runs down over the whole body” — the bodhisattva at this station, with the knowledge of the Dharma realm, meets and matches whatever is fitting for all beings and rains down the rain of Dharma equally at one time, so that there is nothing not poured through, and therefore it is named consecration; second in actual fact — when he ascends to this station, the Buddhas of the ten directions with their hands pour upon his crown, and this too is called consecration. The two glosses stand together.

Chengguan divides the proper portion of this abode into two passages: first ten clauses on the virtues and functions accomplished, then ten clauses praising its excellence as hard to fathom — because it is the end of the stations, this latter passage is specially added.

Accomplishing ten kinds of knowledge (the ten things of the proper portion). Chengguan says the first five are the unobstructed knowledge that understands worlds and the latter five the unobstructed knowledge that brings beings to accomplishment. Clause by clause:

First, shaking numberless worlds — able to shake. Second, illumining numberless worlds — able to illumine. Third, sustaining numberless worlds — able to sustain. Fourth, going to numberless worlds — able to arrive. Fifth, adorning and purifying numberless worlds — able to purify; these five are all sovereignty over the receptacle world. Sixth, revealing the teaching to numberless beings — revealing it for them. Seventh, contemplating numberless beings — examining their capacities. Eighth, knowing the faculties of numberless beings — knowing their faculties. Ninth, making numberless beings enter — drawing them into the Dharma. Tenth, making numberless beings be tamed — finally causing them to be tamed; these five are all sovereignty over the sentient.

The first five face worlds and the latter five face beings, and these are precisely the two sides of “because the perfection of wisdom is full.” The repeated verses have a verse for each of them: “The numberless manifold worlds of the ten directions he is able wholly to shake, and light universally illumines them. Sustaining them and going to them too with nothing left over, purity and adornment all complete, the beings to whom he reveals the teaching are without number, and contemplating and knowing their faculties he can exhaust them all,” and “Making them arouse the mind and taming them too without any bound, he makes them all turn toward the great awakening.”

The passage praising its excellence as hard to fathom. The sūtra says that this bodhisattva's body and the deeds of his body, his spiritual penetrations and manifestations, his knowledge of the past, of the future, and of the present, the Buddha-lands he accomplishes, and the sphere of his mind and the sphere of his knowledge — all ten clauses cannot be known, not even by a bodhisattva who is a prince of the Dharma. Chengguan divides this passage: the first four are sovereignty in deeds that cannot be known — one, the body; two, the body's function; three, the ten penetrations; four, the penetrations' function; and the latter six are sovereignty in mind and knowledge that cannot be known — the first three being the knowledge of the three clear knowledges in their full brightness, the fourth the knowledge that is sovereign in knowing the receptacle world, the fifth the sphere manifested by the mind in concentration, and the sixth the sphere known by great wisdom. Because it is deep and wide, the lower station does not know it.

This one sentence, “not even by a bodhisattva who is a prince of the Dharma,” is of great weight: the ninth abode cannot know the tenth. The reality of the sequence of stations is seen in this one sentence.

The ten kinds of knowledge of the Buddhas he should be exhorted to learn (the advancing portion). Note that the heading clause changes again — it does not say “should be exhorted to learn ten dharmas” but “should be exhorted to learn the ten kinds of knowledge of the Buddhas,” because the station has come to its end and what is learned is directly the Buddha's knowledge. Chengguan says: this is learning the Buddha's omniscience and knowledge of all modes, since with the present station full one is consecrated and becomes a Buddha, and it gathers all the stations as being complete within this. Clause by clause:

First, the knowledge of the three times — that is, the knowledge of the three clear knowledges. Second, the knowledge of the Buddha-Dharma — which the repeated verses render “the knowledge that makes plain the dharmas of the Buddhas.” Third, the knowledge of the unobstructedness of the Dharma realm — unstagnating in the Dharma realm. Fourth, the knowledge of the boundlessness of the Dharma realm — knowing that the Dharma realm has no bound. Fifth, the knowledge that fills all worlds — the knowledge pervades and fills. Sixth, the knowledge that universally illumines all worlds — which the repeated verses render “illumines worlds.” Seventh, the knowledge that sustains all worlds — which the repeated verses render “the knowledge that sustains.” Eighth, the knowledge of all beings — knowing the sentient. Ninth, the knowledge of all dharmas — knowing dharmas; the repeated verses join the eighth and ninth into “the knowledge that knows beings and dharmas.” Tenth, the knowledge of the boundless Buddhas — which the repeated verses render “the boundless knowledge that knows the rightly awakened,” gathering up everything by the knowing of the Buddhas.

The concluding sentence: “in order to increase in him the knowledge of all modes.” The ten abodes having come this far, what is learned is already what a Buddha knows; the station is full, and thereafter the practice of the next chapter is opened.

The portion of speaking and the portion of corroboration: heaven and earth bear witness, the ten directions bear witness

The ten abodes having been spoken, the sūtra does not simply stop there but appends two passages of proof.

The portion of speaking. By the Buddha's spiritual power, worlds as many as the dust motes of ten thousand Buddha-lands in each of the ten directions quaked in six ways — shaking, rising, surging, quaking, roaring, striking — each of these having in turn the three layers of throughout and throughout uniformly, making eighteen aspects in all. Li Tongxuan divides this passage into seven sections, the first being precisely “the great earth shaking in six ways and eighteen aspects,” and the second “the heavens raining down ten kinds of offering.” From the heavens rained subtle flowers, powdered incense, flower garlands, mixed incense, jeweled garments, jeweled clouds, and ornaments; the heavenly music sounded of itself without being struck; and great radiance and lovely sound were sent forth. And then the weightiest sentence of all: “Just as here, above the palace of Śakra on the summit of Mount Sumeru in these four continents, the dharma of the ten abodes was expounded and the manifold spiritual transformations were displayed, so too was it in every one of all the worlds of the ten directions.”

Clear away a misunderstanding: the quaking and the heavenly flowers are not for the sake of spectacle. They are the seal of ‘the Dharma being true’ — what is spoken is the dharma of the public highway, and so the Dharma realm responds at the same moment.

The portion of corroboration. In each of the ten directions, beyond worlds as many as the dust motes of ten thousand Buddha-lands, there were bodhisattvas as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-lands who came to this assembly, all named Dharma Wisdom, the lands they came from all named Dharma Cloud, and the Tathāgatas of those lands all named Wondrous Dharma. They said: there too the ten abodes are being spoken, and “the assembly and retinue, the words and the meaning, are all likewise, with nothing added and nothing taken away.”

This passage carries “speaking alike” to its furthest point: not only is the Dharma the same, but even the retinue of the assembly, the words, and the meaning are not increased or decreased by a single word. Li Tongxuan, among his seven sections, points out in particular the sense of the sixth — “the sixth makes plain that the fruit of Buddhahood in the ten directions is named Wondrous Dharma, and this shows that this dharma is spoken from wondrous wisdom.” The name here is again the doctrine: it is from Dharma Wisdom that the ten abodes are spoken, and the fruit of that is Wondrous Dharma.

The outline of the repeated verses: how the hundred verses are matched

Dharma Wisdom, sustained by the Buddha's majestic power, contemplates the ten directions and the Dharma realm and speaks in verse. Chengguan judges: there are one hundred verses in all, divided into two — the first ninety-one properly repeat the foregoing dharma, and the last nine conclude in praise and exhort to cultivation; and within the former, each of the ten abodes forms a section.

For the number of verses to each abode Chengguan judges: forty-six verses to the abode of first arousing the mind, and thereafter in order five, five, six, five, four, four, five, five, six. The forty-six verses of the abode of first arousing the mind are divided again into four sections: the first three verses repeat the conditions of arousing the mind, the next thirty-two repeat the arousing of the mind in dependence on the objects taken, the next ten repeat the dharmas learned in the advancing portion, and the last one sums up. And within those thirty-two verses, the first ten are the arousing of the mind in dependence on the ten powers, one verse to one power; while the latter twenty-two severally display what is sought, which Chengguan, following out the kinds, gathers into ten knowledges: the knowledge of the conventional truth, of the real truth, of the spiritual penetrations, of liberation, of kalpas and lands, of the three vehicles, of the three secrets (two verses on the secret of the body, three on the secret of speech, two on the secret of the mind), of mind-only, of the unobstructedness of one and many, and of the paired practice of the provisional and the real.

The nine concluding verses of praise Chengguan divides into three: the first one verse praises the ten abodes in general, the next six praise the abode of first arousing the mind in particular, and the last two use the first mind to bring out what follows by comparison.

Why does the abode of first arousing the mind alone take forty-six verses while the nine abodes after it come together to only forty-five? This is not a loss of balance but the very intent of the chapter: the difficulty of the ten abodes lies in the first step; and since the first step is both what the ten powers take as object and what omniscience seeks, it is repeated in verse most fully. The last sentence of the concluding praise says it plainly: “The merit of arousing the mind cannot be measured; it fills the whole realm of beings; the multitude of the wise, expounding it together, cannot exhaust it — how much less the remaining manifold subtle practices!”

Lineage

The doctrine of this chapter was carried on by four later lineages, which are recorded without adjudication. The lineage of Chengguan: it divides the text clause by clause after the manner of exegesis that goes back to the Dilun, setting up the four gates of the occasion, the name, the doctrinal aim, and the exposition of the text, together with the seven portions of samādhi, sustaining, rising, the main portion, speaking, corroboration, and repeated verses; it glosses abiding as “wisdom abides in the principle and the station gained is not retrogressed from,” takes the great king's road as the figure by which the ten abodes are the common cause of the Buddhas of the three times, and explains the main portion by taking the place of abiding as substance and vastness as mark; between the abodes it further sets up the common pattern of the two portions, proper and advancing, and takes as comparisons the knowledges of the third ground, the fourth ground, the eighth ground, and the portion of great exhaustion in the chapter on the Ten Grounds, judging the abode of cultivation to be largely the same as the third ground, the abode of noble birth the same as the ten dharma-knowledges of the fourth ground, the abode of childlike purity largely the same as the eighth ground, and the abode of consecration largely the same as the exposition of the accomplishment of the knowledge of the portion of great exhaustion; and at the repeated verses it judges the three kinds of non-retrogression, adding one sentence on the judgment of the round teaching in respect of the present station — “from faith one enters the abodes and gains a station that is not retrogressed from, for at the first arousing of the mind one accomplishes right awakening.”

The lineage of Fazang: on the side of the sixty-fascicle text's chapter on the Ten Abodes, it glosses the name by four analyses (the number-bearing, the possessive, the dependent, and the appositional), and sets two questions to distinguish why the three worthies are named jointly by person and dharma and why the ten abodes alone raise the general name, its answer being “a mark of the gradual increase of what is set up”; it also sets a question distinguishing why this assembly has a separate advancing portion where the previous assembly had none, and why after the chapter on the Dedications there is no advancing portion. Its matching of the repeated verses to the stations differs from Chengguan's: six verses to the second abode, four and a half to the fifth, three to the ninth, and eight to the tenth, and of the nine concluding verses those that praise the first abode in particular are seven. The text depended on differs, and so the numbers judged differ.

The lineage of Li Tongxuan: beyond the four gates of the common pattern it sets up a separate gate, “a general reckoning of the sequence of cutting off delusion,” matching the first three abodes to the breaking of the afflictions of the world, listing ten root afflictions and six secondary afflictions, and stating for himself why the five views are not discussed — “when the inner mind becomes wisdom, the views are of themselves liberation”; he further reckons the ten abodes in total as two hundred dharma-gates and the repeated verses as two hundred lines of verse, and takes “as when pure water is poured from the crown and runs down over the whole body” to present the meaning of consecration. This lineage is chiefly one of presenting by figure, and its track differs from that of dividing the text clause by clause; the ancients had this account, and it is recorded.

The lineage of Zhiyan: on the side of the sixty-fascicle text it sets up five gates — glossing the name, which is at once the distinguishing of the occasion; making plain what is counteracted, what is gained, what is accomplished, and the exposition of the text; it judges what is counteracted to be “the hundred obstructions above, to be cut off according to station,” and what is gained to be “the concentration of increasing light and the roots of goodness at the summit”; it also cites Master Guang's judgment of the eight prefaces, and following the pattern of the chapter on the Ten Grounds divides the text into six portions (the last named the portion of benefit, unlike the seven-portion division whose last is named the portion of repeated verses); following the sixty-fascicle text's word “seed-nature,” it judges the substance of the two seed-natures; and it reckons the repeated verses as two hundred and three stanzas, with ninety verses to the first abode, matching the abodes by the two divisions of “understanding” and “practice.”

The four masters' judgments of the number of portions, the number of verses, and the substance of the stations each diverge; all are settled accounts of the ancient masters, and they are recorded without adjudicating which is superior. As for the compendia of the doctrinal outline of the Huayan school: the Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang in three places raises the ten abodes as an item in the doctrinal classification of the sequence of stations, in one of which it cites the ten abodes of the Pusa benye jing to establish that the station of abiding does not retrogress; and the Huayan jing zhigui uses this chapter in two places — in one citing this chapter's repeated verse about the encircling mountains entering a pore to establish the meaning of the great and small containing each other, and in the other raising this chapter as scriptural ground for “within the ten abodes and the rest each gathers all the stations.” Both are matters of listing names in doctrinal comparison rather than commentary upon the text of this chapter, and they too are recorded without adjudication.

Outside this chapter, as regards the name and the practice of the ten abodes, the separately circulating Pusa benye jing expounds the same dharma-gate under the ten ancient names ‘arousing the intention, preparing the ground, responsive practice, noble birth, accomplishment by cultivation, ascent in practice, non-retrogression, childlike purity, understanding birth, and the station of one more birth,’ and there too each abode has its ten things and its ten learnings — the names differing between ancient and later while the dharma is the same, and this is the most ancient side-witness to this chapter. And the doctrine of this chapter's abode of first arousing the mind is taken up next by the chapter on Pure Conduct: ‘at the first arousing of the mind one at once gains unsurpassed perfect awakening’; Chengguan had already cited this meaning when glossing non-retrogression in this chapter. The root of the ten abodes is the arousing of the mind, and the utmost of the arousing of the mind is the accomplishing of right awakening: this one line has already been drawn out by this chapter, and the next chapter takes it up.

考據Apparatus

十住品=第三會忉利天宮之正說品。法慧菩薩入菩薩無量方便三昧,十方各千佛剎微塵數同號法慧之諸佛現前,以神力共加、授十智、申手摩頂;法慧從定而起,告諸菩薩以菩薩十住:初發心、治地、修行、生貴、具足方便、正心、不退、童真、王子、灌頂。逐住二段:先明當住所成之十事,後明「應勸學十法」,十住合成二百法門。說竟大地六種震動、天雨眾供,十方同名法慧之菩薩來會作證,末以一百頌重宣。澄觀判本品為十住四品中之「初品辨位」,分七分:三昧、加、起、本、說、證成、重頌。六十華嚴同段作〈菩薩十住品第十一〉,別行之《菩薩本業經》〈十地品第三〉以『發意・治地・應行・生貴・修成・行登・不退・童真・了生・補處』十古名說同一法門,古今異名而同法,為本品異譯對勘之要證。


一、科判定位

科判系統此品之位
底本 T279 三十九品品十五 十住品(第三會 忉利天宮 · 卷十六〔T10n0279 0083c29〕起–下品〈梵行品第十六〉〔0088b05〕前訖)
澄觀《華嚴經疏》十住品疏〔T35n1735 0632c21〕起–下品科〔0640b14〕前訖;開四門:來意・釋名・宗趣・釋文
法藏《探玄記》(六十華嚴疏)十住品第十一〔T35n1733 0195b25〕起–〔0201a23〕前訖;開釋名・來意・宗趣・釋文四門
李通玄《新華嚴經論》十住品〔T36n1739 0831c18〕起–〔0835b18〕前訖;五門分別:釋品名目・釋品來意・明品宗趣・都會斷惑次第・隨文釋義
智儼《搜玄記》十住品第十一〔T35n1732 0033b27〕起–〔0035a23〕前訖;分別有五:釋名即辨來意・明所治・所得・所成・釋文

來意——澄觀繫本品於前二品之後,以所依佛德轉出能依之位:

「初來意者,上由致既彰,正宗宜顯,故次來也。又前辨所依佛德,今辨能依十住,故次來也。」〔T35n1735 0632c22〕

李通玄則繫於前品偈讚:「二釋品來意者,為前品是偈讚勸修之門,此品明正舉修行十住之行,是故此品須來。」〔T36n1739 0831c24〕

智儼繫之於正說:「何故來?正說故。」〔T35n1732 0033b29〕

釋名——澄觀以「慧住於理,得位不退」訓住,並引《本業》:

「二釋名者,慧住於理,得位不退,故名為住。《本業》下卷云「始入空界,住空性位,故名為住。」然住義多種,寄圓說十。總言十住,帶數釋也。」〔T35n1735 0632c24〕

法藏則於名下開四釋,並設二問辨人法合目之故:

「初釋名者,菩薩是人、十住是法,謂得位不退故云住。住法應圓,依則說十,即帶數釋。又此住法是菩薩所有,是有財釋。又菩薩之住,依主釋。又菩薩即住,持業釋。」〔T35n1733 0195b26〕

李通玄以「生諸佛大智慧中住」訓之:「十住者,生諸佛大智慧中住,入此住永不退還故,名之為住。」〔T36n1739 0831c25〕

宗趣——澄觀:「三宗趣者,以十住行法為宗,攝位得果為趣。」〔T35n1735 0632c27〕;探玄記作「三宗趣者,十住法為宗,依此得果為趣」〔T35n1733 0195c11〕;李通玄開為兩重:「明此品說十種住二十種進修因果為正宗。又住佛所住,以為正宗。」〔T36n1739 0831c28〕

釋文四品分二(澄觀)——

「四釋文者,四品分二:前三當位行德、後一勝進趣後。……今初,分三:初品辨位、次品辨行、後品明德。初亦名解,文分七分:一三昧分、二加分、三起分、四本分、五說分、六證成分、七重頌分。」〔T35n1735 0632c28〕

法藏於六十本同判七分,唯末分名異:「就此品中有七分:一三昧分、二加分、三起分、四本分、五說分、六證成分、七偈頌分。」〔T35n1733 0195c22〕

入定六意——澄觀:「何故入定?略辨六意:一此三昧是法體故、二非證不說故、三顯此法非思量境故、四觀機審法故、五為受佛加故、六成軌儀故」〔T35n1735 0633a07〕;探玄記六意末條作「六為顯諸佛同說故」〔T35n1733 0195c27〕,餘五同。

何故法慧入定——澄觀:「法慧入者,是眾首故,餘入則亂,不調伏故,顯十住法慧能說故。」〔T35n1735 0633a10〕;探玄記文同而句序小異〔T35n1733 0195c28〕。

本分三科——「第四「告諸」下本分。文分為三:初總顯體相、次標以許說、後別陳其名。」〔T35n1735 0634b14〕;別陳其名下復三:「初標數引證、二依數列名、三總結顯勝。」〔0635a08〕

逐住科之通例——澄觀於治地住下立通例:「二釋中自分內文有四別:一標、二徵、三列、四結。下諸自分皆倣此知。」〔T35n1735 0636b26〕勝進段則三:「初總標、次徵列、後徵釋。」〔0636a21〕

底本段界與七分相扣:三昧分 0084a01 · 加分 0084a04 · 起分 0084a17 · 本分 0084a18 · 說分 0085c12 · 證成分 0085c19 · 重頌分 0085c28。


二、術語

漢所徵精義
住澄觀:「慧住於理,得位不退,故名為住。」〔T35n1735 0632c24〕以慧安住於理而位不退;十為寄圓之數,非實限十
十住/帶數釋澄觀:「然住義多種,寄圓說十。總言十住,帶數釋也。」〔0632c26〕;法藏:「住法應圓,依則說十,即帶數釋。」〔T35n1733 0195b27〕「十住」之名以數帶法而立,二家同判
菩薩無量方便三昧澄觀:「為揀果定,故云菩薩。任性能知觀解善巧,故名方便。十住各攝多門善巧,故云無量。心詣於法,故云入也。」〔T35n1735 0633a13〕逐字拆名:菩薩揀佛果之定・方便為觀解善巧・無量為所攝多門
入・住・出澄觀:「今即照之寂故名為入,即寂之照故名為出,入已未起故名為住。」〔T35n1735 0633a18〕三昧三相之華嚴讀法,不同權小之「意識却入」
菩薩住處本品「菩薩住處廣大,與法界虛空等」〔T10n0279 0084a18〕澄觀:「住處二字總示其體,廣大已下略顯其相。住三世佛家,結示住處。」〔T35n1735 0634b21〕
十住體澄觀:「然十住體略有三種:一約所依,即前三昧……二者約本,即下所辨。三剋性體,若約所緣,即真俗二境;若約能緣,即悲智二行。」〔T35n1735 0634b15〕三重體:所依定體・所辨本體・剋性之體
初發心住澄觀引《瓔珞》:「乃至始入空界住空性位,故名為住。」並會《仁王》《起信》「即十千劫來修信行滿,入位不退,創起大心,發心即住,名發心住。三種發心中即信成就發心也。」〔T35n1735 0635a15〕信滿入位,發心即住;當《起信》三發心中之信成就發心
治地住澄觀:「謂常隨空心淨,八萬四千法門清淨潔白,故為練治心地使悲智增明,名治地住。」〔T35n1735 0635a18〕練治心地以增悲智
十種難得法本品「此菩薩緣十種難得法而發於心」〔T10n0279 0084b01〕;澄觀判為緣十力發心,「初十頌緣十力發心,一頌一力」〔T35n1735 0640a06〕即如來十力智,發心住所緣之境
應勸學十法本品十住通例句〔T10n0279 0084b06 等〕;澄觀:「謂欲求勝位,應自勸勵亦勸他學。」〔T35n1735 0636a21〕勝進段之標句;自勸兼勸他
自分/勝進澄觀逐住通判,如「釋中先明自分,是護煩惱行;後明勝進,是護小乘行」〔T35n1735 0636c21〕每住二段:當住所成曰自分,趣後所學曰勝進
不由他教本品十住通例結句「有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故」〔T10n0279 0084b11 首見·十見〕十住勸學段十段皆以此結(自分段無);顯位成則法自開解
不退(三種)澄觀:「不退有三:一位不退,七住已上;二證不退,初地已上;三念不退,八地已去。今此近希位不退故。若約圓教當位,從信入住得位不退,初發心時成正覺故。」〔T35n1735 0640a19〕三不退之判與圓教當位之判並存
王子住/法王子本品「法王處善巧、法王處軌度」等十法〔T10n0279 0085b21〕八十本作「王子住」,六十本作「法王子」〔T09n0278 0445a01〕,《本業經》作「了生」〔T10n0281 0449c17〕
灌頂住李通玄:「如將淨水從頂而灌遍身而下。……亦為登此位時,十方諸佛手灌其頂,亦名灌頂住。」〔T36n1739 0835b13〕表法與事相二釋並存
二百法門李通玄:「一一住內皆有二十箇法門,十法以成當位之門,十法以為昇進之行」〔T36n1739 0835b02〕十住各二十,合二百;與底本實計相符

三、譬喻·修辭

(一) 大王路喻(十住為三世佛因)——非經文設喻,出澄觀釋「標數引證」:「謂三世佛果無不由此十住因成,如大王路,法爾常規,故同說也。」〔T35n1735 0635a09〕

  • 喻依:大王路者,國之通衢,人人由之。
  • 喻體:三世諸佛之果皆由十住之因而成。
  • 所顯義:本品「過去、未來、現在諸佛,已說、當說、今說」〔T10n0279 0084a21〕之所以然。

(二) 虛空不分別喻(重頌·發心住)——「聞諸如來普勝尊,一切功德皆成就,譬如虛空不分別,菩薩以此初發心。」〔T10n0279 0086a05 段內〕

  • 喻依:虛空於萬象無所分別。
  • 喻體:如來功德成就而不起分別。
  • 所顯義:所欣之佛德非取相可得,故發心亦不落分別。

(三) 掌置佛剎・毛端置剎・一毛滴海・抹剎為塵四喻(重頌·發心住緣境段)——「欲以難思諸佛剎,悉置掌中而不動」「欲以無量剎眾生,置一毛端不迫隘」「欲以一毛滴海水,一切大海悉令竭」「不可思議諸國土,盡抹為塵無遺者」〔T10n0279 0086b12〕〔T10n0279 0086b 段內〕:以極大入極小、以極小盡極大,顯所求之智無有限量。後三喻於結歎段復出:「十方所有諸世界,能以一毛悉稱舉」「十方所有諸大海,悉以毛端滴令盡」「一切世界抹為塵,悉能分別知其數」〔T10n0279 0088a21〕〔0088a 段內〕,前為所求、後為校量,一喻二用。

(四) 一毛孔放光普照喻——「欲一毛孔放光明,普照十方無量土,一一光中覺一切」〔T10n0279 0086b04〕〔T10n0279 0086b 段內〕:以一毛孔之微而光遍十方,顯一多無礙。澄觀判此段所攝為「三密智」中之身密〔T35n1735 0640a15〕。

(五) 法王宮殿・灌頂之喻(王子住勸學十法)——「法王處善巧、法王處軌度、法王處宮殿、法王處趣入、法王處觀察、法王灌頂、法王力持、法王無畏、法王宴寢、法王讚歎」〔T10n0279 0085b21〕:全段以王家儀軌為喻依,顯法王子習學繼紹之事。《菩薩本業經》同段作「學法王正行,學法王禮儀,學法王興立,學法王出入,學法王周旋,學法王威嚴,學法王坐起,學法王教令,學法王拜人,學法王巡行剎土」〔T10n0281 0450c05〕,喻依全同而事目小異。

(六) 李通玄之三有城郭喻(斷惑次第)——出注家引善財所頌,非本品經文:「三有為城郭,憍慢為垣牆,諸趣為門戶,愛水為池塹,愚癡為闇覆,貪恚火熾然,魔王作君主,童蒙依止住。」〔T36n1739 0832a11〕:以城郭喻三界煩惱之結構,李通玄以之配初三住所破。誌錄:此頌出〈入法界品〉善財之頌,李通玄引之釋本品,非本品文。

(七) 本品長行無設喻〔據實標闕〕——十住二十段長行皆直陳法目,無一譬喻;本品之喻悉在重頌與注家釋中。


四、異譯對勘

本品之漢譯校本:實叉難陀 T279(底本·〈十住品第十五〉)· 佛馱跋陀羅 T278(晉譯六十華嚴·〈菩薩十住品第十一〉〔T09n0278 0444c06〕起–〔0449a12〕前訖)· 支謙譯《菩薩本業經》T281(別行·〈十地品第三〉〔T10n0281 0449b25〕起–〔0450c26〕訖;古譯「十地」即後譯「十住」,非〈十地品〉之十地)。以下逐句全錄不判。

句一 入定與加分之起句

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279爾時,法慧菩薩承佛威力,入菩薩無量方便三昧。T10n0279 0084a01
佛馱 T278爾時,法慧菩薩承佛神力,入菩薩無量方便三昧正受。T09n0278 0444c07
支謙 T281法意菩薩即如其像,正坐定意,入於無量會見三昧T10n0281 0449c04

異文所繫:(甲) 說者名 80/60 作「法慧」、T281 作「法意」。(乙) 80 作「承佛威力」、60 作「承佛神力」。(丙) 60 於三昧下加「正受」二字,全品逐處皆然。(丁) 定名 80/60 同作「菩薩無量方便三昧」,T281 作「無量會見三昧」。

句二 加分之所為

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279又是毘盧遮那如來往昔願力、威神之力,及汝所修善根力故,入此三昧,令汝說法。T10n0279 0084a07
佛馱 T278又盧舍那佛本願力故,威神力故,及汝善根力故,又欲令汝廣說法故T09n0278 0444c13

異文所繫:(甲) 佛名 80 作「毘盧遮那如來」、60 作「盧舍那佛」。(乙) 80「往昔願力」↔60「本願力」。(丙) 智儼判此下加所為之句數:「二「欲令汝廣說」下明加所為,有十一句:一總、九別、後一結成位也。第二九句內,初五自分、次四勝進耳。」〔T35n1732 0033c17〕

句三 諸佛所授十智

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279無礙智、無著智、無斷智、無癡智、無異智、無失智、無量智、無勝智、無懈智、無奪智T10n0279 0084a14
佛馱 T278無礙智、無住智、無斷智、無癡智、無壞智、無惡智、無量智、無勝智、無懈怠智、無退智T09n0278 0444c20

異文所繫:十智之名二本五同五異——同者無礙・無斷・無癡・無量・無勝;異者 80 無著↔60 無住、80 無異↔60 無壞、80 無失↔60 無惡、80 無懈↔60 無懈怠、80 無奪↔60 無退。

句四 起分・本分總顯體相

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279菩薩住處廣大,與法界虛空等。佛子!菩薩住三世諸佛家T10n0279 0084a18
佛馱 T278菩薩種性甚深廣大與法界虛空等,一切菩薩從三世諸佛種性中生。T09n0278 0444c25

異文所繫:(甲) 80 作「住處」、60 作「種性」——此即本分體相之譯語系統差;智儼依 60 之文判為「初總歎種性義,即性、習二種性體也」〔T35n1732 0033c29〕,澄觀依 80 之文則判「住處為總、餘皆是別,總即示體」〔T35n1735 0634b23〕。二判各依其本,並錄。(乙) 80「住三世諸佛家」↔60「從三世諸佛種性中生」。

句五 十住列名

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279初發心住、治地住、修行住、生貴住、具足方便住、正心住、不退住、童真住、王子住、灌頂住T10n0279 0084a22
佛馱 T278一名初發心,二名治地,三名修行,四名生貴,五名方便具足,六名正心,七名不退,八名童真,九名法王子,十名灌頂T09n0278 0444c28
支謙 T281第一發意,第二治地,第三應行,第四生貴,第五修成,第六行登,第七不退,第八童真,第九了生,第十補處T10n0281 0449c15

異文所繫:(甲) 80/60 十名唯二處異:第五 80「具足方便」↔60「方便具足」(前後倒)、第九 80「王子」↔60「法王子」,餘八全同。(乙) T281 十古名與後譯全異而次第相當:發意↔初發心・治地↔治地・應行↔修行・生貴↔生貴・修成↔具足方便・行登↔正心・不退↔不退・童真↔童真・了生↔王子・補處↔灌頂。(丙) 80 於列名前後有「過去、未來、現在諸佛,已說、當說、今說」與「去、來、現在諸佛所說」二句夾之,60 唯一句「去、來、現在諸佛所說」,T281 作「往古來今,皆由此成,眾祐所歎」。

句六 發心住之發心緣

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279此菩薩見佛世尊形貌端嚴,色相圓滿,人所樂見,難可值遇,有大威力T10n0279 0084a26
佛馱 T278此菩薩見佛三十二相、八十種好,妙色具足,尊重難遇T09n0278 0445a03
支謙 T281謂初見佛,十功德起:一見佛端正,二身色相具,三神足現化,四道德深奧,五儀法無比,六謂知人意,七出經教明,八所言諦解,九見生死苦,十體樂佛法T10n0281 0449c18

異文所繫:(甲) 60 明舉「三十二相、八十種好」,80 作「形貌端嚴,色相圓滿」而不列相好之數。(乙) 80/60 之發心緣為散句,T281 則整齊列作十事。(丙) 60 於發菩提心下多「一向不迴」四字,80 無。

句七 發心住所緣十智(十力)

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279是處非處智、善惡業報智、諸根勝劣智、種種解差別智、種種界差別智、一切至處道智、諸禪解脫三昧智、宿命無礙智、天眼無礙智、三世漏普盡智T10n0279 0084b02
佛馱 T278是處非處智、業報垢淨智、諸根智、欲樂智、性智、一切至處道智、一切禪定解脫三昧正受垢淨起智、宿命無礙智、天眼無礙智、三世漏盡智T09n0278 0445a08

異文所繫:(甲) 80 作「此菩薩緣十種難得法而發於心」,60 作「此菩薩因初發心得十力分」——一為所緣、一為所得,繫屬之向不同。(乙) 名目 80 較 60 為詳,如 80「種種解差別智」↔60「欲樂智」、80「種種界差別智」↔60「性智」。

句八 治地住十心

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279利益心、大悲心、安樂心、安住心、憐愍心、攝受心、守護心、同己心、師心、導師心T10n0279 0084b14
佛馱 T278大慈心、大悲心、樂心、安住心、歡喜心、度眾生心、守護眾生心、我所心、師心、如來心T09n0278 0445a20
支謙 T281一念人善,二淨潔心,三柔軟意,四安靜志,五常布施,六行慈愛,七利天下,八助平均,九視彼如己,十敬人如師T10n0281 0450a01

異文所繫:(甲) 80 首心作「利益心」、60 作「大慈心」。(乙) 第五 80「憐愍心」↔60「歡喜心」。(丙) 第八 80「同己心」↔60「我所心」↔T281「視彼如己」——三本同指一義而語系全異。(丁) 第十 80「導師心」↔60「如來心」。

句九 修行住十觀

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279觀一切法無常、一切法苦、一切法空、一切法無我、一切法無作、一切法無味、一切法不如名、一切法無處所、一切法離分別、一切法無堅實T10n0279 0084b23
佛馱 T278觀一切法無常、苦、空、無我、不自在,一切法不可樂,一切法無集散,一切法無堅固,一切法虛妄,一切法無精勤和合堅固T09n0278 0445b01

異文所繫:60 於前四之後多「不自在」一目而少 80 之「無作」「不如名」「無處所」「離分別」,二本開合不同,故十目名次不一一對當。澄觀誌本段之所本:「然此十無常大同三地,彼論具釋。」〔T35n1735 0636c23〕

句十 不退住勸學十種廣大法

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279說一即多、說多即一、文隨於義、義隨於文、非有即有、有即非有、無相即相、相即無相、無性即性、性即無性T10n0279 0085a27
支謙 T281開微慧入大智,開大智入微慧,現一法入眾經,現眾經入一法,解眾生入空要,解空要入眾生,釋有想入寂定,釋寂定入有想,說少淨入多想,說多想入少淨T10n0281 0450b16

異文所繫:上表第二列所引為《菩薩本業經》〈不退轉〉段之十學(T281),非 T278 之文——T278 同段作「應學十法」而句式與 80 大同,此處以 T281 對舉,蓋二本皆以『甲入乙・乙入甲』之雙迴句式立十法,而所配之法目全異:80 以一多・文義・有無・相性四對成十,T281 以慧智・法經・生空・想定・少多五對成十。〔誌錄不判〕

句十一 灌頂住之難知

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279此菩薩身及身業,神通變現,過去智、未來智、現在智成就佛土,心境界、智境界皆不可知,乃至法王子菩薩亦不能知。T10n0279 0085c02
支謙 T281生所不能及補處者十:不能知其身事志行,神足定念,達古知今,見後明處,及修剎法,聖意之事,補處所欲。T10n0281 0450c14

異文所繫:(甲) 80 以「乃至法王子菩薩亦不能知」結,明下位不知上位;T281 作「生所不能及補處者十」,以十事列所不能及。(乙) 澄觀判此段:「後有十句讚勝難測,以位終故加此一段。」〔T35n1735 0639b08〕

句十二 結成之句

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故。T10n0279 0084b11
佛馱 T278有所聞法,即自開解,不由他悟。T09n0278 0445a17

異文所繫:唯末二字異——80 作「不由他教」、60 作「不由他悟」。二本此句皆十見,為十住勝進段之通例結句。


五、宗義之經據〔眼〕

(一) 十住即三世佛之通因——本品「菩薩住有十種,過去、未來、現在諸佛,已說、當說、今說」〔T10n0279 0084a20〕,澄觀以大王路釋之:

「今初,謂三世佛果無不由此十住因成,如大王路,法爾常規,故同說也。」〔T35n1735 0635a09〕

此為本品立位之根據:十住非一佛一時之施設,是法爾常規。

(二) 住處即體,廣大即相——澄觀依《地論》類例解本分:

「若直觀經文,則住處二字總示其體,廣大已下略顯其相。住三世佛家,結示住處。今依《地論》類例以解,則住處為總、餘皆是別,總即示體」〔T35n1735 0634b20〕

(三) 發心即住・初發心時成正覺——澄觀於重頌勝進段釋「不退」,判圓教當位:

「不退有三:一位不退,七住已上;二證不退,初地已上;三念不退,八地已去。今此近希位不退故。若約圓教當位,從信入住得位不退,初發心時成正覺故。」〔T35n1735 0640a19〕

此判以本品之十住直通〈梵行品〉『初發心時,即得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提』之義。

(四) 正心住之不動由般若——澄觀:「第六正心住。初自分內,由成就般若了法性相,故皆不動,名為正心。」〔T35n1735 0637c27〕並釋前四對何以於讚毀不動:「由了法平等、聲如谷響故,於讚毀不生欣慼。」〔0637c29〕又釋後三對之中道:「有量無量是斷常邊,菩薩不墮。有垢無垢是增減邊,菩薩遠離。易度難度是苦樂邊,菩薩不住。」〔0638a03〕

(五) 不退住之過前位——澄觀辨正心與不退之別:

「而十皆言不退轉者,大同前位,然此位中已入無生,知所聞法畢竟空故。又前位會事入理令心不動;今此事理雙現而心不退;後位從理向事唯隨事行,轉純熟故。是故前位於三寶等但聞讚毀,忍之尚易;今聞有無利害轉深,成忍則難,故過前位。又前言不動,但能正心;今云不退,有進趣義。」〔T35n1735 0638a21〕

(六) 童真住多同八地——澄觀:「自分中,初三三業無失,永離習氣,唯佛得之;任運無功在於八地。此中多同八地,能行無漏故得無失,無十不善失,亦無錯謬失。」〔T35n1735 0638c08〕又判所學:「後明勝進是不動行,初六於剎自在、後四三業自在。此同八地」〔0638c16〕

(七) 灌頂住攝諸位——澄觀釋勝進之學諸佛十智:

「即學佛一切智、一切種智,以當位滿灌頂成佛,以攝諸位皆此中具故。」〔T35n1735 0639b17〕

自分十句則二分:「前中,前五了世界無礙智;後五成就眾生無礙智,以智度滿故,多同大盡分智成就說。」〔0639b09〕

(八) 生貴住之從聖教生——澄觀三義解之,並引本品重頌自證:

「從聖教生者,謂多聞熏習,等流無漏教法生其智故。又下偈云「佛子於法如是觀,從佛親生名佛子」,此約能說人也。又偈云「了達諸有無所有,超過彼法生法界」,此約理也。」〔T35n1735 0637b16〕

(九) 具足方便住之自分勝進互攝——澄觀:「第五具足方便住者,自分十心亦是方便也,勝進十心亦具足也。」〔T35n1735 0637c01〕即以住名之二字分配二段,而二段互具。

(十) 十住之數即二百法門——李通玄:

「并取此位十法至下十住之終總有二百箇法門,共成十住之位。一一住內皆有二十箇法門,十法以成當位之門,十法以為昇進之行,經文自具,不煩更釋。」〔T36n1739 0835b01〕

底本實計相符:十住各有自分一段、勸學一段,合二十段;唯具足方便住之自分無「何者為十」之徵句、無「是為十」之結句(餘九住皆具),故底本「是為十」九見、徵句二十見(「何者為十」十九見、「何等為十」一見,後者唯在修行住自分)。


六、諸家異釋(古德·標宗)

澄觀《華嚴經疏》T35n1735(八十華嚴逐文·主)

治地住十心之二義——澄觀立一多二釋,後說配八種眾生:

「列中十心有其二義:一於一一眾生各起十心;二為辨差別對八種眾生,一於怨眾生非直不念加報亦乃授與利益、二於貧苦眾生欲令遠離故起悲心、三於危懼無樂眾生令得樂具不盡、四於惡行眾生令安住善行、五於得樂眾生以矜愍心不令放逸、六於外道未發心者攝令正信」〔T35n1735 0636b28〕

修行住十觀之所本——澄觀繫之於〈十地品〉第三地:「然此十無常大同三地,彼論具釋。」〔T35n1735 0636c23〕又逐層釋之:「論云「命行不住總名無常」,此總句也。然復有二:一者念念無常、二者一期無常。於何無常?依五盛陰逼迫相故苦也。」〔0636c25〕並引《瑜伽》:「由無常行,作意為先,趣入苦行。由苦無所得行,趣入空行,空故不自在。」〔0636c28〕

生貴住十事同四地十種法智——「列中十事同四地十種法智,但有開合耳。既從聖教生,成就四智教化眾生。一自住處智,不退轉故,亦所生也。二同敬智,於佛淨信故」〔T35n1735 0637b19〕

正心住引《商主天子經》——「故《商主天子經》云「無有不毀語言而能至其解脫中」故。」〔T35n1735 0638a02〕

發心住發心緣之四因十句——「文列十緣,義含四因,謂信、悲、智及種性也。見佛世尊是初總相;「發菩提」下結前生後;中間十句別顯不同:一形貌容儀、二顯色大相、三具隨好故人所樂見,上三觀外相也。四時乃一出、出便利益故為難遇,此通內外;五十力無畏降魔制外,此明內德;六神變難思,即神足輪,此唯外用。」〔T35n1735 0635c24〕

發心住勝進十法不出悲智——「列中有十,不出悲智。供佛為總,通財及法;下九為別,行下九事真供養故。」〔T35n1735 0636a22〕

法藏《探玄記》T35n1733(六十華嚴疏〈十住品第十一〉)

人法合目之問答——法藏設二問,辨三賢何以人法合稱、何以十住舉通名:

「問:前外凡,〈賢首品〉唯約人名,後〈十地〉聖位唯約法名,於此內凡三賢之中人法合目者何耶?答前位未成故就人法目,三賢位劣人法合稱,聖位顯著故唯約法名,此亦是施設漸增之相。」〔T35n1733 0195b29〕

「問:等是人法合目,何故十行十迴向提別人名,此中舉通名耶?答:於賢位中有三,謂下中上,此當下品,劣故舉通名;十行是中賢次故,雖提別名,然約義少改,名華聚等也;迴向是上賢勝故,稱本別提名金剛幢迴向也。」〔T35n1733 0195c05〕

何故此中別有勝進——「問:何故前會無別勝進趣後,此中有耶?答:此中位成故、勝前故。又前信無位,總為趣住方便故;今此位成,是故別有進後方便也。」〔T35n1733 0195c16〕

重頌配位之異於澄觀——法藏於六十本判各住頌數:「第二住中六頌,初二頌自分、後四頌勝進。第三住中有五頌,初二自分、後三勝進。第四住有六頌,初三自分、後三勝進。第五住有四頌半,初三自分、後一半明勝進。第六住有五頌,初四自分、後一勝進。第七住有四頌,初二自分、後二勝進。第八住有五頌,初三自分、後二勝進。第九住有三頌,初二自分、後一勝進。第十住有八頌,初五自分、次一顯德、後二勝進。」〔T35n1733 0201a11〕;結歎段作「九頌分三:初一總歎十住、二有七別歎初住、後一以初住倍類顯後」〔0201a20〕

李通玄《新華嚴經論》T36n1739(表法異軌)

斷惑次第之獨立一門——李通玄於本品另立「都會斷惑次第」一門,以初三住配破世間煩惱,並列根本煩惱十、隨煩惱六:

「其十種根本煩惱者,一欲、二色、三無色,此是三界根本所縛處,四憍慢、五諸趣、六愛、七愚癡、八貪、九恚、十心魔王,為十。又隨煩惱總有六者,一諂、二誑、三疑惑、四慳、五嫉、六憍盈。」〔T36n1739 0832a07〕

並自明何以不論五見:「此約內心所趣,不約身見、邊見、見取、戒取、邪見。內心成智,諸見自是解脫。以一乘教體但約悟無明而成大智,用諸見而作自在,以此不論五見。」〔T36n1739 0832a16〕

說分七段科——「第五明說教威感大地震動。從此段中科為七段:一明大地六種十八相動;二明天雨十種供養;三明總結十方同說;四明十方威感遠近;五明十方同號菩薩咸來作證;六明十方佛果名妙法,此明從妙慧而說此法;七明法慧承威說頌。」〔T36n1739 0835b05〕

重頌總數——「第七明承威說頌者,於此段中總有二百行頌以歎十住位中二百箇法門」〔T36n1739 0835b10〕

智儼《搜玄記》T35n1732(六十華嚴古疏·誌錄)

五門之所治所得——「二明所治,是前百障應位斷故,若三乘熟教所斷外道我執。三所得,光增定及頂善根。四所成,即十解成。即是三乘熟教說,即此品宗。」〔T35n1732 0033b29〕

引光師八序之判——「初品若義分文,此初有三序。光師云:有八序,為三:初品二合名住處序、次品三合名集眾序、此品三合起說序。」〔T35n1732 0033c06〕

六分而非七分——「又依〈地品〉,此下三會各有六分:初名三昧分、二加分、三起分、四本分、五說分、六利益分。」〔T35n1732 0033c08〕

重頌之數作二百三偈——「第四重誦,文有二百三偈,有二:初一百八十五頌十解相;二「如是十住諸菩薩」下有十八,總頌十住結歎勸修。初正頌,文有十:初九十頌初住」〔T35n1732 0035a09〕;逐住配比作「治地內,初四頌解、後八頌所學行。修行前四頌解、後六所學行。生貴,前六解、後六行。方便具足,前六解、後三行。正心,前八解、後二行。不退,前四解、後四行。童真,前六解、後四行。」〔0035a15〕

誌錄不判:本品重頌之數與配位,四家所判互異——澄觀依八十本判「總有一百頌,分二:初九十一頌正頌前法、後『如是十住』下九頌結歎勸修」〔T35n1735 0639c29〕,初住四十六頌,餘住依次五・五・六・五・四・四・五・五・六;法藏依六十本判第二住六頌、第五住四頌半、第九住三頌、第十住八頌,結歎九頌中別歎初住者七;智儼依六十本判全頌二百三偈,初住九十頌,逐住以「解」「行」二分配之。所依之本不同(八十本重頌實計二百行、合一百頌;六十本行數自異),所判之科亦異。三家並行,皆古德成說,誌錄之,不判高下。又十住體之判:澄觀依八十本「住處」立三重體,智儼依六十本「種性」立性習二種性體,李通玄以「生諸佛大智慧中住」立名——各依其本其軌,並錄不判。李通玄別立斷惑次第一門而不論五見,與澄觀、法藏之科釋軌轍不同,古有此說,誌錄之。


七、互讀·承衍

  • 前後品之繫:本品承〈須彌頂上偈讚品第十四〉、下接〈梵行品第十六〉。澄觀判四品分二:「四品分二:前三當位行德、後一勝進趣後」〔T35n1735 0632c29〕,即本品與〈梵行〉〈初發心功德〉三品為當位行德、〈明法品〉為勝進趣後;又於三品之內判「初品辨位、次品辨行、後品明德」〔0633a04〕——本品即辨位之品。法藏於六十本判同:「初三品是當位行德、後一品是勝進趣後」〔T35n1733 0195c13〕。智儼則就道俗分之:「此中二品即為二:初通道俗、二〈梵行品〉是出家別行法。」〔T35n1732 0033c04〕三判並錄。
  • 與〈十地品〉之繫:澄觀釋本品多以〈十地品〉為對照——修行住十觀「大同三地」〔T35n1735 0636c23〕、生貴住十事「同四地十種法智」〔0637b20〕、童真住「多同八地」〔0638c10〕、灌頂住「多同大盡分智成就說」〔0639b10〕。三賢之行與十聖之地,其法目相通而位次有別,此繫為華嚴位次論之要處。
  • 與〈梵行品〉之繫:澄觀於本品重頌釋不退時已引「初發心時成正覺」之義〔T35n1735 0640a22〕,其文即下品〈梵行品〉之『初發心時,即得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提』;本品之發心住與下品之發心義,經自相接。
  • 與《本業經》之繫:法藏《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》引《本業經》十住以證一乘住位不退——「住位。方得不退故。十住初即不退墮下二乘地。況諸惡趣及凡地耶。設本業經。說十住」〔T45n1866 0489b01〕。誌錄:法藏所稱《本業經》未明指何本(澄觀所稱《本業》係《瓔珞》,見上),並錄不判;以本業之位義證本品住位不退,是華嚴宗論用本品之一例。
  • 牒引本品經句之宗論:《華嚴經旨歸》T45n1871「能容大。大非定大故能入小。十住品云。金剛」〔T45n1871 0595a02〕——直牒本品重頌「無量無數輪圍山,欲令悉入毛孔中」一段(該書所牒為六十本作「金剛圍山」之文),以證大小相容之義。又同書「切位。如十信中有十住乃至十地。如賢首品說。十住等中各攝諸位。皆具二門。如海幢比丘處及十住品等說。」〔T45n1871 0596a03〕——舉本品為『一位攝一切位』之經據,屬教相引用,非疏釋本品文,誌錄之。
  • 十信十住位次之配:《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》T45n1866「心修十信行。信滿心已堪入十住初發心」〔0496b20〕;又「說習種在十住性種在十行。三賢之前。但」〔0486a02〕。二處皆以位次配教相,非釋本品經文,誌錄之。按:本品經文自有十住之名,而『十住配十信、十行』之位次繫屬出澄觀等古德科判,非經文自標。
  • 〔查無〕:《華嚴法界玄鏡》T45n1883 ·《妄盡還源觀》T45n1876 二書「十住」零命中,記闕。《演義鈔》T36n1736 未取,本品之鈔文不入本檔,記闕待補。澄觀疏骨架裁節中未見『第九王子住』之科起句(第八童真住 0638c08 之後逕接第十灌頂住 0639b06),該住科文在裁節之外,記闕待補。

八、校本定位

  • 實叉 T279(底本):〈十住品第十五〉〔T10n0279 0083c29〕品題起–下品〈梵行品第十六〉品題〔0088b05〕前訖。三昧分 0084a01 · 加分 0084a04 · 起分 0084a17 · 本分 0084a18 · 十住列名 0084a22 · 發心住 0084a25(勸學 0084b06)· 治地住 0084b13(勸學 0084b17)· 修行住 0084b22(勸學 0084b27)· 生貴住 0084c03(勸學 0084c07)· 具足方便住 0084c13(勸學 0084c19)· 正心住 0084c25(勸學 0085a07)· 不退住 0085a14(勸學 0085a26)· 童真住 0085b03(勸學 0085b08)· 王子住 0085b15(勸學 0085b21)· 灌頂住 0085b26(勸學 0085c06)· 說分 0085c12 · 證成分 0085c19 · 重頌分 0085c28–0088a26。
  • 底本實計——逐字計,與古德所判相核:重頌二百行、合一百頌;逐住頌數=發心住四十六・治地住五・修行住五・生貴住六・具足方便住五・正心住四・不退住四・童真住五・王子住五・灌頂住六,結歎九頌——與澄觀《疏》0639c29–0640b06 所判逐一相符。徵句二十(「何者為十」十九・「何等為十」一,後者唯在修行住自分);「是為十」九見(具足方便住自分無徵句亦無結句,為十住中唯一之例外);「有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故」十見;「應勸學」句十見,其標句四形:「應勸學十法」六見(發心・治地・修行・生貴・具足方便・正心)、「應勸學十種廣大法」一見(不退住)、「應勸學十種法」二見(童真・王子)、「應勸學諸佛十種智」一見(灌頂住)。重頌逐住之標句:發心住段末以「此是菩薩發心住」結標,第二住以下九住皆於段首以序數標名(如「第二治地住菩薩」「第三菩薩修行住」),其中第五住之序數與住名分屬二句:「從此第五諸菩薩,說名具足方便住」。
  • 佛馱 T278(晉譯主對校):〈菩薩十住品第十一〉〔T09n0278 0444c06〕起–下品〈梵行品第十二〉〔0449a12〕前訖。入定 0444c07 · 加分 0444c12 · 十智 0444c20 · 摩頂 0444c23 · 本分 0444c25 · 列名 0444c28 · 初發心住 0445a03 · 治地住 0445a19 · 修行住 0445a29 · 生貴住 0445b10。
  • 支謙 T281(別行古譯):《菩薩本業經》〈十地品第三〉〔T10n0281 0449b25〕起–〔0450c26〕訖。法意入定 0449c04 · 諸佛摩頂 0449c06 · 從定覺言 0449c12 · 十名列 0449c15 · 發意 0449c18 · 治地 0450a01 · 應行 0450a08 · 生貴 0450a15 · 修成 0450a23 · 行登 0450a29 · 不退轉 0450b09 · 童真 0450b21 · 了生 0450b30 · 補處 0450c09 · 佛讚結 0450c23。
  • 澄觀《疏》T35n1735:十住品疏 0632c21 起(來意 0632c22 · 釋名 0632c24 · 宗趣 0632c27 · 釋文四品分二 0632c28 · 七分科 0633a04 · 入定六意 0633a07 · 入定三別 0633a10 · 三昧三相 0633a16 · 加分三科 0633a20 · 本分三科 0634b14 · 十住體三種 0634b15 · 別陳其名三科 0635a08 · 瓔珞引 0635a11 · 治地釋名 0635a17 · 發心住自分 0635c23 · 十緣四因 0635c25 · 勝進三科 0636a20 · 不出悲智 0636a22 · 治地住四別 0636b26 · 十心二義 0636b28 · 修行住二分 0636c21 · 大同三地 0636c23 · 瑜伽三十四引 0636c27 · 生貴住五科 0637b12 · 從聖教生三義 0637b13 · 同四地法智 0637b19 · 具足方便住 0637c01 · 正心住般若 0637c27 · 商主天子經引 0638a02 · 三邊之判 0638a03 · 不退住十分 0638a19 · 過前位之辨 0638a21 · 童真住同八地 0638c08 · 灌頂住二分 0639b06 · 十句德用 0639b07 · 攝諸位 0639b17 · 重頌一百頌 0639c29 · 初住四十六頌 0640a03 · 十智攝頌 0640a12 · 三不退 0640a19 · 逐住頌數 0640a23 · 結歎九頌 0640b04 ·「十住位竟」0640b06)–0640b14 前訖。
  • 法藏《探玄記》T35n1733:〈十住品第十一〉0195b25 起(釋名四釋 0195b26 · 人法合目問答 0195b29 · 通別名問答 0195c05 · 來意 0195c10 · 宗趣 0195c11 · 釋文四品 0195c12 · 勝進問答 0195c16 · 七分科 0195c22 · 入定六意 0195c24 · 入定人 0195c28 · 重頌配位 0201a11 · 結歎三分 0201a20)–0201a23 前訖。
  • 李通玄《論》T36n1739:十住品 0831c18 起(五門 0831c19 · 釋名 0831c22 · 來意 0831c24 · 宗趣 0831c28 · 斷惑次第 0832a04 · 根本隨煩惱數 0832a07 · 善財頌引 0832a11 · 不論五見 0832a16 · 十信十一煩惱 0832a19 · 發心住三段 0835a27 · 二百法門 0835b01 · 說分七段 0835b05 · 二百行頌 0835b10 · 灌頂住表法 0835b12)–0835b18 前訖。
  • 智儼《搜玄記》T35n1732:〈十住品第十一〉0033b27 起(五門 0033b28 · 所治所得 0033b29 · 所成 0033c03 · 二品分二 0033c04 · 光師八序 0033c06 · 六分科 0033c08 · 三昧序 0033c11 · 加序 0033c14 · 加所為十一句 0033c17 · 加相三業 0033c19 · 起有四意 0033c24 · 正說四科 0033c26 · 二種性體 0033c29 · 顯實證成 0035a04 · 重誦二百三偈 0035a09 · 逐住解行配 0035a15)–0035a23 前訖。
  • 判教綱領:《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》T45n1866(0486a02 · 0489b01 · 0496b20 三處舉十住為位次教相之目)·《華嚴經旨歸》T45n1871(0595a02 牒本品重頌輪圍山句 · 0596a03 舉本品為位位相攝之據)——皆名繫總目,誌錄不判。
  • 異讀:本單元 T279 範圍〔0083c29〕–〔0088b04〕內大正校記 11 條,逐條照錄不判(底本【大】|他本異讀;多本異讀以/分列):〔0084a23〕住【大】|住法【明】【宮】 · 〔0084c08〕集【大】|習【元】【明】 · 〔0085b15〕王子【大】|法王子【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0085b27〕震【大】*|振【宮】*(*同校並繫〔0086b02〕之震字) · 〔0085c14〕涌【大】*|踊【宋】【元】【明】【宮】*(*同校並繫〔0085c14〕之涌字) · 〔0085c17〕大【大】|天【宋】【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0086b12〕抹【大】|末【宮】 · 〔0087b28〕轉【大】|動【宋】【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0088a21〕抹【大】|末【宮】 · 〔0088b02〕第【大】*|無此字【聖】* · 〔0088b04〕于闐國三藏實叉難陀奉制譯(凡12字)【大】*|新譯【聖】*。(*=大正星號同校,該校並繫本文其餘同字處;T279 XML 於此類未出 corresp 重出位,故只呈星號、不另造錨)夾注(音注·校注)已於原典層剝除誌錄。原典層 □ 缺字符零命中。
  • 異讀補記:CBETA 回改 2 條(不入上列大正校記之數):〔0085a19〕聞有【CB】|聞【大】/聞有【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0087a09〕己【CB】【磧-CB】|已【大】/已【麗-CB】。

The Ten Abodes is the chapter of main exposition of the third assembly, held in the palace of Trāyastriṃśa. The bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom enters the samādhi of the bodhisattva's measureless skillful means; Buddhas as many as the dust motes of a thousand Buddha-lands in each of the ten directions, all bearing the same name Dharma Wisdom, appear before him, sustain him together by their spiritual power, confer ten knowledges, and stretch forth their hands to stroke the crown of his head; Dharma Wisdom rises from concentration and tells the bodhisattvas of the bodhisattva's ten abodes: first arousing the mind, preparing the ground, cultivation, noble birth, perfected skillful means, the rectified mind, non-retrogression, childlike purity, princehood, and consecration. Each abode has two passages: the former makes plain the ten things accomplished at the present abode, the latter makes plain the 「應勸學十法」tr. “ten dharmas he should be exhorted to learn”, the ten abodes together making two hundred dharma-gates. When the speaking is done, the great earth quakes in six ways and the heavens rain down offerings; bodhisattvas of the ten directions, all bearing the name Dharma Wisdom, come to the assembly and bear witness; and it closes with one hundred verses of repetition. Chengguan judges this chapter to be, among the four chapters of the ten abodes, the 「初品辨位」tr. “first chapter, which distinguishes the stations”, and divides it into seven portions: samādhi, sustaining, rising, the main portion, speaking, corroboration, and repeated verses. The corresponding passage of the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka is the chapter The Bodhisattva's Ten Abodes, eleventh; and the separately circulating Pusa benye jing, in its chapter The Ten Grounds, third, expounds the same dharma-gate under the ten ancient names ‘arousing the intention, preparing the ground, responsive practice, noble birth, accomplishment by cultivation, ascent in practice, non-retrogression, childlike purity, understanding birth, and the station of one more birth’ — names differing between ancient and later while the dharma is the same, and this is a chief witness for the collation of parallel translations of this chapter.


I. Doctrinal Outline and Placement

Outline systemPlacement of this chapter
The base text T279, thirty-nine chaptersChapter fifteen, The Ten Abodes (the third assembly, the palace of Trāyastriṃśa · from fascicle sixteen 〔T10n0279 0083c29〕 up to just before the next chapter, Pure Conduct, sixteenth 〔0088b05〕)
Chengguan, Huayan jing shuThe commentary on The Ten Abodes, from 〔T35n1735 0632c21〕 up to just before the outline of the next chapter 〔0640b14〕; four gates are opened: the occasion, the gloss of the name, the doctrinal aim, and the exposition of the text
Fazang, Tanxuan ji (commentary on the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka)The Ten Abodes, eleventh, from 〔T35n1733 0195b25〕 up to just before 〔0201a23〕; four gates are opened: the gloss of the name, the occasion, the doctrinal aim, and the exposition of the text
Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lunThe Ten Abodes, from 〔T36n1739 0831c18〕 up to just before 〔0835b18〕; five gates of distinction: glossing the chapter's title, glossing the chapter's occasion, making plain the chapter's doctrinal aim, a general reckoning of the sequence of cutting off delusion, and expounding the meaning following the text
Zhiyan, Souxuan jiThe Ten Abodes, eleventh, from 〔T35n1732 0033b27〕 up to just before 〔0035a23〕; there are five distinctions: glossing the name, which is at once the distinguishing of the occasion, making plain what is counteracted, what is gained, what is accomplished, and expounding the text

The occasion — Chengguan places this chapter after the two preceding ones, turning out from the merits of the Buddha that are depended upon the stations that depend upon them:

「初來意者,上由致既彰,正宗宜顯,故次來也。又前辨所依佛德,今辨能依十住,故次來也。」tr. “First, as to the occasion: since above the purport has been made manifest, the main doctrine ought to be displayed, and therefore it comes next. Moreover, what was distinguished before was the merit of the Buddha that is depended upon, and what is distinguished now is the ten abodes that depend upon it, and therefore it comes next.”〔T35n1735 0632c22〕

Li Tongxuan places it in relation to the verses of praise of the preceding chapter: 「二釋品來意者,為前品是偈讚勸修之門,此品明正舉修行十住之行,是故此品須來。」tr. “Second, as to glossing the chapter's occasion: because the preceding chapter is the gate of praise in verse and exhortation to cultivate, and this chapter makes plain the proper setting forth of the practice of cultivating the ten abodes, therefore this chapter had to come.”〔T36n1739 0831c24〕

Zhiyan places it in the main exposition: 「何故來?正說故。」tr. “Why does it come? Because it is the main exposition.”〔T35n1732 0033b29〕

The gloss of the name — Chengguan glosses abiding as 「慧住於理,得位不退」tr. “wisdom abides in the principle and the station gained is not retrogressed from”, and cites the Benye:

「二釋名者,慧住於理,得位不退,故名為住。《本業》下卷云「始入空界,住空性位,故名為住。」然住義多種,寄圓說十。總言十住,帶數釋也。」tr. “Second, as to glossing the name: wisdom abides in the principle and the station gained is not retrogressed from, and hence it is named abiding. The lower fascicle of the Benye says, ‘One first enters the realm of emptiness and abides in the station of the nature of emptiness, and hence it is named abiding.’ Now, the meaning of abiding is of many kinds, and ten are spoken as an entrustment of the round. To say ‘ten abodes’ in general is the number-bearing analysis.”〔T35n1735 0632c24〕

Fazang opens four glosses under the name, and sets two questions to distinguish why person and dharma are named jointly:

「初釋名者,菩薩是人、十住是法,謂得位不退故云住。住法應圓,依則說十,即帶數釋。又此住法是菩薩所有,是有財釋。又菩薩之住,依主釋。又菩薩即住,持業釋。」tr. “First, as to glossing the name: the bodhisattva is the person and the ten abodes are the dharma; that is, because the station gained is not retrogressed from, it is said to abide. The dharma of abiding ought to be round, and as it is depended upon, ten are spoken, which is the number-bearing analysis. Again, this dharma of abiding is what the bodhisattva has, which is the possessive analysis. Again, the abiding of the bodhisattva is the dependent analysis. Again, the bodhisattva is the abiding, which is the appositional analysis.”〔T35n1733 0195b26〕

Li Tongxuan glosses it as 「生諸佛大智慧中住」tr. “abiding born within the great wisdom of the Buddhas”: 「十住者,生諸佛大智慧中住,入此住永不退還故,名之為住。」tr. “As for the ten abodes, one abides born within the great wisdom of the Buddhas, and having entered this abiding one never again retrogresses, and hence it is named abiding.”〔T36n1739 0831c25〕

The doctrinal aim — Chengguan: 「三宗趣者,以十住行法為宗,攝位得果為趣。」tr. “Third, as to the doctrinal aim: the dharma of the practice of the ten abodes is the doctrine, and the gathering of the stations and the gaining of the fruit is the aim.”〔T35n1735 0632c27〕; the Tanxuan ji has 「三宗趣者,十住法為宗,依此得果為趣」tr. “Third, as to the doctrinal aim: the dharma of the ten abodes is the doctrine, and to gain the fruit in dependence upon this is the aim”〔T35n1733 0195c11〕; Li Tongxuan opens it into two layers: 「明此品說十種住二十種進修因果為正宗。又住佛所住,以為正宗。」tr. “To make plain that this chapter speaks of the ten kinds of abode and the causes and fruits of the twenty advancing cultivations is the proper doctrine. Again, to abide where the Buddha abides is taken as the proper doctrine.”〔T36n1739 0831c28〕

The exposition of the text: the four chapters divided in two (Chengguan) —

「四釋文者,四品分二:前三當位行德、後一勝進趣後。……今初,分三:初品辨位、次品辨行、後品明德。初亦名解,文分七分:一三昧分、二加分、三起分、四本分、五說分、六證成分、七重頌分。」tr. “Fourth, as to the exposition of the text: the four chapters are divided in two, the first three being the practice and virtue of the present station and the last being the advance toward what follows. … Now, the first is divided into three: the first chapter distinguishes the stations, the next chapter distinguishes the practice, and the last chapter makes plain the virtue. The first is also named understanding, and its text is divided into seven portions: first the portion of samādhi, second the portion of sustaining, third the portion of rising, fourth the main portion, fifth the portion of speaking, sixth the portion of corroboration, seventh the portion of repeated verses.”〔T35n1735 0632c28〕

Fazang, on the sixty-fascicle text, judges the same seven portions, only the last portion differing in name: 「就此品中有七分:一三昧分、二加分、三起分、四本分、五說分、六證成分、七偈頌分。」tr. “Within this chapter there are seven portions: first the portion of samādhi, second the portion of sustaining, third the portion of rising, fourth the main portion, fifth the portion of speaking, sixth the portion of corroboration, seventh the portion of verses.”〔T35n1733 0195c22〕

The six purposes of entering concentration — Chengguan: 「何故入定?略辨六意:一此三昧是法體故、二非證不說故、三顯此法非思量境故、四觀機審法故、五為受佛加故、六成軌儀故」tr. “Why enter concentration? Six purposes are briefly distinguished: first, because this samādhi is the substance of the dharma; second, because without realization it is not spoken; third, to display that this dharma is not a sphere of thinking; fourth, to observe capacities and weigh the Dharma; fifth, in order to receive the Buddha's sustaining; sixth, to accomplish a rite”〔T35n1735 0633a07〕; the last of the six purposes in the Tanxuan ji reads 「六為顯諸佛同說故」tr. “sixth, in order to display that the Buddhas speak it alike”〔T35n1733 0195c27〕, the other five being the same.

Why Dharma Wisdom enters concentration — Chengguan: 「法慧入者,是眾首故,餘入則亂,不調伏故,顯十住法慧能說故。」tr. “That Dharma Wisdom enters is because he is the foremost of the assembly; were another to enter it would be disordered, since they are untamed; and it displays that Dharma Wisdom is able to speak the dharma of the ten abodes.”〔T35n1735 0633a10〕; the Tanxuan ji has the same wording with a slight difference in the order of clauses 〔T35n1733 0195c28〕.

The three sections of the main portion — 「第四「告諸」下本分。文分為三:初總顯體相、次標以許說、後別陳其名。」tr. “Fourth, from ‘he told the assembly’ down is the main portion. The text is divided into three: first the general display of substance and mark, next the statement by which the speaking is permitted, and last the particular setting forth of their names.”〔T35n1735 0634b14〕; and under the particular setting forth of their names there are three again: 「初標數引證、二依數列名、三總結顯勝。」tr. “first, stating the number and adducing the proof; second, listing the names according to the number; third, the general conclusion displaying their excellence.”〔0635a08〕

The common pattern of the outline of each abode — Chengguan sets up the common pattern under the abode of preparing the ground: 「二釋中自分內文有四別:一標、二徵、三列、四結。下諸自分皆倣此知。」tr. “Second, within the gloss, the text within the proper portion has four distinctions: first the statement, second the question, third the listing, and fourth the conclusion. The proper portions below are all to be known after this model.”〔T35n1735 0636b26〕 and for the advancing passage there are three: 「初總標、次徵列、後徵釋。」tr. “first the general statement, next the question and the listing, and last the question and the gloss.”〔0636a21〕

The boundaries of the passages of the base text as they lock into the seven portions: the portion of samādhi 0084a01 · the portion of sustaining 0084a04 · the portion of rising 0084a17 · the main portion 0084a18 · the portion of speaking 0085c12 · the portion of corroboration 0085c19 · the portion of repeated verses 0085c28.


II. Terminology

TermWhat is adducedEssential meaning
AbidingChengguan: 「慧住於理,得位不退,故名為住。」tr. “Wisdom abides in the principle and the station gained is not retrogressed from, and hence it is named abiding.”〔T35n1735 0632c24〕By wisdom one abides in the principle and the station does not retrogress; ten is a number entrusted with the round, not a real limit of ten
The ten abodes / the number-bearing analysisChengguan: 「然住義多種,寄圓說十。總言十住,帶數釋也。」tr. “Now, the meaning of abiding is of many kinds, and ten are spoken as an entrustment of the round. To say ‘ten abodes’ in general is the number-bearing analysis.”〔0632c26〕; Fazang: 「住法應圓,依則說十,即帶數釋。」tr. “The dharma of abiding ought to be round, and as it is depended upon, ten are spoken, which is the number-bearing analysis.”〔T35n1733 0195b27〕The name 「十住」tr. “ten abodes” is set up by carrying the dharma with a number, and the two masters judge alike
The samādhi of the bodhisattva's measureless skillful meansChengguan: 「為揀果定,故云菩薩。任性能知觀解善巧,故名方便。十住各攝多門善巧,故云無量。心詣於法,故云入也。」tr. “It is said ‘bodhisattva’ in order to set aside the concentration of the fruit; because it can know according to its own nature and is skilled in contemplative understanding, it is named skillful means; because each of the ten abodes gathers many gates of skill, it is said to be measureless; because the mind goes toward the Dharma, it is said to enter.”〔T35n1735 0633a13〕The name taken apart word by word: bodhisattva sets aside the concentration of the fruit of Buddhahood · skillful means is skill in contemplative understanding · measureless is the many gates gathered in
Entering · abiding · coming outChengguan: 「今即照之寂故名為入,即寂之照故名為出,入已未起故名為住。」tr. “Now, it is the stillness of that very illumining that is named entering; it is the illumining of that very stillness that is named coming out; and having entered and not yet risen is named abiding.”〔T35n1735 0633a18〕The Huayan reading of the three aspects of samādhi, unlike the 「意識却入」tr. “the mind-consciousness drawing inward” of the provisional and lesser teachings
The bodhisattva's place of abidingThis chapter: 「菩薩住處廣大,與法界虛空等」tr. “the place where a bodhisattva abides is vast, equal to the Dharma realm and to space”〔T10n0279 0084a18〕Chengguan: 「住處二字總示其體,廣大已下略顯其相。住三世佛家,結示住處。」tr. “The two words ‘place of abiding’ display its substance in general; what follows from ‘vast’ briefly shows its mark; ‘abides in the house of the Buddhas of the three times’ concludes by pointing to the place of abiding.”〔T35n1735 0634b21〕
The substance of the ten abodesChengguan: 「然十住體略有三種:一約所依,即前三昧……二者約本,即下所辨。三剋性體,若約所緣,即真俗二境;若約能緣,即悲智二行。」tr. “Now, the substance of the ten abodes is briefly of three kinds: first, in terms of what is depended upon, namely the foregoing samādhi … second, in terms of the root, namely what is distinguished below; third, the substance in its own nature — in terms of the object apprehended it is the two spheres of the real and the conventional, and in terms of the apprehending it is the two practices of compassion and wisdom.”〔T35n1735 0634b15〕Substance in three layers: the substance of the concentration depended upon · the root substance distinguished · the substance in its own nature
The abode of first arousing the mindChengguan cites the Yingluo: 「乃至始入空界住空性位,故名為住。」tr. “down to: one first enters the realm of emptiness and abides in the station of the nature of emptiness, and hence it is named abiding.” and harmonizes the Renwang and the Qixin lun: 「即十千劫來修信行滿,入位不退,創起大心,發心即住,名發心住。三種發心中即信成就發心也。」tr. “that is, having cultivated the practice of faith to fullness over ten thousand kalpas, one enters the station and does not retrogress, and first raises the great mind; arousing the mind is at once abiding, and it is named the abode of arousing the mind. Among the three kinds of arousing the mind it is the arousing of the mind by the accomplishment of faith.”〔T35n1735 0635a15〕Faith being full, one enters the station, and arousing the mind is at once abiding; it corresponds to the arousing of the mind by the accomplishment of faith among the three arousings of the Qixin lun
The abode of preparing the groundChengguan: 「謂常隨空心淨,八萬四千法門清淨潔白,故為練治心地使悲智增明,名治地住。」tr. “That is, constantly following the mind of emptiness one is pure, and the eighty-four thousand gates of Dharma are pure and clean; hence it is a tempering and preparing of the ground of the mind that makes compassion and wisdom grow bright, and it is named the abode of preparing the ground.”〔T35n1735 0635a18〕Tempering and preparing the ground of the mind so as to increase compassion and wisdom
The ten hard-to-obtain dharmasThis chapter: 「此菩薩緣十種難得法而發於心」tr. “this bodhisattva arouses the mind in dependence on ten hard-to-obtain dharmas”〔T10n0279 0084b01〕; Chengguan judges them to be the arousing of the mind in dependence on the ten powers, 「初十頌緣十力發心,一頌一力」tr. “the first ten verses are the arousing of the mind in dependence on the ten powers, one verse to one power”〔T35n1735 0640a06〕That is, the knowledges of the Tathāgata's ten powers, the sphere taken as object by the abode of arousing the mind
The ten dharmas he should be exhorted to learnThe common-pattern sentence of the ten abodes in this chapter 〔T10n0279 0084b06 and elsewhere〕; Chengguan: 「謂欲求勝位,應自勸勵亦勸他學。」tr. “That is, wishing to seek the higher station, he should urge himself and should also urge others to learn.”〔T35n1735 0636a21〕The heading clause of the advancing passage; urging oneself together with urging others
The proper portion / the advancing portionChengguan judges each abode by the same pattern, as in 「釋中先明自分,是護煩惱行;後明勝進,是護小乘行」tr. “within the gloss, the proper portion is first made plain, which is the practice that guards against the afflictions; afterward the advancing portion is made plain, which is the practice that guards against the lesser vehicle”〔T35n1735 0636c21〕Each abode has two passages: what is accomplished at the present abode is called the proper portion, and what is learned in going on to what follows is called the advancing portion
Not through the teaching of anotherThe common-pattern concluding sentence of the ten abodes in this chapter, 「有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故」tr. “whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself, not through the teaching of another”〔T10n0279 0084b11 first occurrence · ten occurrences〕All ten of the exhortation passages of the ten abodes conclude with this (the proper portions have it not); it displays that when the station is accomplished the Dharma opens of itself
Non-retrogression (of three kinds)Chengguan: 「不退有三:一位不退,七住已上;二證不退,初地已上;三念不退,八地已去。今此近希位不退故。若約圓教當位,從信入住得位不退,初發心時成正覺故。」tr. “Non-retrogression is of three kinds: first, non-retrogression of station, from the seventh abode upward; second, non-retrogression of realization, from the first ground upward; third, non-retrogression of thought, from the eighth ground onward. What is looked for here is close to the non-retrogression of station. And if it is taken in terms of the round teaching in respect of the present station, then from faith one enters the abodes and gains a station that is not retrogressed from, for at the first arousing of the mind one accomplishes right awakening.”〔T35n1735 0640a19〕The judgment of the three non-retrogressions and the judgment of the round teaching in respect of the present station stand together
The abode of the prince / the prince of the DharmaThis chapter: the ten dharmas of 「法王處善巧、法王處軌度」tr. “the skillfulness of the place of the Dharma King, the rule and measure of the place of the Dharma King” and the rest 〔T10n0279 0085b21〕The eighty-fascicle text has 「王子住」tr. “the abode of the prince”, the sixty-fascicle text has 「法王子」tr. “the prince of the Dharma”〔T09n0278 0445a01〕, and the Pusa benye jing has 「了生」tr. “understanding birth”〔T10n0281 0449c17〕
The abode of consecrationLi Tongxuan: 「如將淨水從頂而灌遍身而下。……亦為登此位時,十方諸佛手灌其頂,亦名灌頂住。」tr. “as when pure water is poured from the crown and runs down over the whole body. … It is also that when one ascends to this station the Buddhas of the ten directions with their hands pour upon his crown, and it is likewise named the abode of consecration.”〔T36n1739 0835b13〕The gloss by figure and the gloss by actual fact stand together
The two hundred dharma-gatesLi Tongxuan: 「一一住內皆有二十箇法門,十法以成當位之門,十法以為昇進之行」tr. “within each and every abode there are twenty dharma-gates, ten dharmas accomplishing the gate of the present station and ten serving as the practice of ascent”〔T36n1739 0835b02〕Twenty to each of the ten abodes, two hundred in all; it agrees with a word-by-word count of the base text

III. Similes and Rhetoric

(1) The simile of the great king's road (the ten abodes as the cause of the Buddhas of the three times) — not a simile set up by the sūtra text, but arising from Chengguan's gloss on 「標數引證」tr. “stating the number and adducing the proof”: 「謂三世佛果無不由此十住因成,如大王路,法爾常規,故同說也。」tr. “That is, there is no fruit of Buddhahood in the three times that is not accomplished by the cause of these ten abodes, just as with the great king's road, which is the constant rule of the way things are; and therefore they speak them alike.”〔T35n1735 0635a09〕

  • The ground of the figure: the great king's road is the public highway of a country, by which everyone travels.
  • The body of the figure: the fruit of all the Buddhas of the three times is accomplished by the cause of the ten abodes.
  • The meaning displayed: the reason for this chapter's 「過去、未來、現在諸佛,已說、當說、今說」tr. “the Buddhas of the past, the future, and the present have spoken, will speak, and now speak”〔T10n0279 0084a21〕.

(2) The simile of space making no discrimination (repeated verses, the abode of arousing the mind) — 「聞諸如來普勝尊,一切功德皆成就,譬如虛空不分別,菩薩以此初發心。」tr. “Hearing that the Tathāgatas are the universally excellent World-Honored Ones, that all their merits are already accomplished, that they are like space in making no discrimination, the bodhisattva because of this first arouses the mind.”〔T10n0279 0086a05 within the passage〕

  • The ground of the figure: space makes no discrimination among the myriad appearances.
  • The body of the figure: the Tathāgata's merits are accomplished and yet give rise to no discrimination.
  • The meaning displayed: the Buddha's virtue that is aspired to is not to be had by grasping marks, and therefore the arousing of the mind too does not fall into discrimination.

(3) The four similes of setting buddha-lands in the palm, setting lands on a hair-tip, taking up the sea in one hair, and grinding lands to dust (repeated verses, the passage on the objects taken by the abode of arousing the mind) — 「欲以難思諸佛剎,悉置掌中而不動」tr. “wishing to take the Buddha-lands hard to conceive and set them all in the palm of the hand without their being moved”, 「欲以無量剎眾生,置一毛端不迫隘」tr. “wishing to take the beings of measureless lands and set them on the tip of a single hair without their feeling pressed”, 「欲以一毛滴海水,一切大海悉令竭」tr. “wishing with a single hair to take up the water of the sea, so that all the great seas are made to dry up”, 「不可思議諸國土,盡抹為塵無遺者」tr. “the inconceivable manifold lands, all ground into dust with none left out”〔T10n0279 0086b12〕〔T10n0279 0086b within the passage〕: by the greatest entering the smallest and the smallest exhausting the greatest, it displays that the wisdom sought is without limit. The latter three similes appear again in the passage of concluding praise: 「十方所有諸世界,能以一毛悉稱舉」tr. “the manifold worlds of the ten directions, one who can lift them all up with a single hair”, 「十方所有諸大海,悉以毛端滴令盡」tr. “the manifold great seas of the ten directions, wholly exhausted by taking them up in drops on the tip of a hair”, 「一切世界抹為塵,悉能分別知其數」tr. “all the worlds ground into dust, one who can distinguish and know the number of them”〔T10n0279 0088a21〕〔0088a within the passage〕, the former being what is sought and the latter a comparison of measure — one simile put to two uses.

(4) The simile of light sent forth from a single pore illumining universally — 「欲一毛孔放光明,普照十方無量土,一一光中覺一切」tr. “wishing from a single pore to send forth light that universally illumines the measureless lands of the ten directions, and within each and every light to awaken to all things”〔T10n0279 0086b04〕〔T10n0279 0086b within the passage〕: by the minuteness of a single pore the light pervades the ten directions, displaying that one and many are unobstructed. Chengguan judges what this passage subsumes to be the secret of the body among the 「三密智」tr. “knowledges of the three secrets”〔T35n1735 0640a15〕.

(5) The simile of the Dharma King's palace and consecration (the ten dharmas to be learned at the abode of the prince) — 「法王處善巧、法王處軌度、法王處宮殿、法王處趣入、法王處觀察、法王灌頂、法王力持、法王無畏、法王宴寢、法王讚歎」tr. “the skillfulness of the place of the Dharma King, the rule and measure of the place of the Dharma King, the palace of the place of the Dharma King, the entering in to the place of the Dharma King, the contemplation at the place of the Dharma King, the consecration of the Dharma King, the sustaining power of the Dharma King, the fearlessness of the Dharma King, the reposing rest of the Dharma King, the praises of the Dharma King”〔T10n0279 0085b21〕: the whole passage takes the usages of a royal house as the ground of its figure, displaying the matter of a son of the Dharma King learning to succeed. The corresponding passage of the Pusa benye jing has 「學法王正行,學法王禮儀,學法王興立,學法王出入,學法王周旋,學法王威嚴,學法王坐起,學法王教令,學法王拜人,學法王巡行剎土」tr. “he learns the Dharma King's right conduct, learns the Dharma King's rites, learns the Dharma King's establishing, learns the Dharma King's going out and coming in, learns the Dharma King's moving about, learns the Dharma King's awe and dignity, learns the Dharma King's sitting and rising, learns the Dharma King's commands, learns the Dharma King's receiving of homage, learns the Dharma King's touring of the lands”〔T10n0281 0450c05〕: the ground of the figure is wholly the same while the items differ slightly.

(6) Li Tongxuan's simile of the city walls of the three existences (the sequence of cutting off delusion) — arising from a verse of Sudhana cited by the commentator, not the sūtra text of this chapter: 「三有為城郭,憍慢為垣牆,諸趣為門戶,愛水為池塹,愚癡為闇覆,貪恚火熾然,魔王作君主,童蒙依止住。」tr. “The three existences are the city walls, arrogance is the rampart, the destinies are the gates, the water of craving is the moat, ignorance is the covering darkness, the fires of greed and hatred blaze, the demon king acts as the sovereign, and the childishly ignorant dwell in dependence there.”〔T36n1739 0832a11〕: the structure of the afflictions of the three realms is figured as city walls, and Li Tongxuan matches this to what is broken by the first three abodes. Recorded: this verse comes from Sudhana's verse in the chapter Entry into the Dharma Realm, and Li Tongxuan cites it in glossing this chapter; it is not text of this chapter.

(7) The long prose of this chapter sets up no simile 〔recorded as a lack according to fact〕 — the twenty passages of long prose of the ten abodes all state the items of the Dharma directly, without a single simile; the similes of this chapter lie wholly in the repeated verses and in the glosses of the commentators.


IV. Collation with Parallel Translations

The Chinese collation witnesses for this chapter: Śikṣānanda, T279 (the base text, The Ten Abodes, fifteenth) · Buddhabhadra, T278 (the Jin translation of the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka, The Bodhisattva's Ten Abodes, eleventh, from 〔T09n0278 0444c06〕 up to just before 〔0449a12〕) · the Pusa benye jing translated by Zhi Qian, T281 (separately circulating, The Ten Grounds, third, from 〔T10n0281 0449b25〕 to 〔0450c26〕; the ancient rendering 「十地」tr. “ten grounds” is the later rendering 「十住」tr. “ten abodes”, and is not the ten grounds of the chapter on the Ten Grounds). What follows is recorded in full, clause by clause, without adjudication.

Clause one The opening sentence of entering concentration and of the portion of sustaining

WitnessVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda, T279At that time the bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom, sustained by the Buddha's majestic power, entered the samādhi of the bodhisattva's measureless skillful means.T10n0279 0084a01
Buddhabhadra, T278At that time the bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom, sustained by the Buddha's spiritual power, entered the right reception of the samādhi of the bodhisattva's measureless skillful means.T09n0278 0444c07
Zhi Qian, T281The bodhisattva Dharma Intent, just as he was, sat upright and settled his thought, and entered the samādhi of measureless assembled seeingT10n0281 0449c04

What the variants bear upon: (a) The name of the speaker is 「法慧」tr. “Dharma Wisdom” in the eighty- and the sixty-fascicle texts and 「法意」tr. “Dharma Intent” in T281. (b) The eighty has 「承佛威力」tr. “sustained by the Buddha's majestic power” and the sixty 「承佛神力」tr. “sustained by the Buddha's spiritual power”. (c) The sixty adds the two words 「正受」tr. “right reception” under the samādhi, and does so throughout the chapter. (d) The name of the concentration is alike 「菩薩無量方便三昧」tr. “the samādhi of the bodhisattva's measureless skillful means” in the eighty and the sixty, while T281 has 「無量會見三昧」tr. “the samādhi of measureless assembled seeing”.

Clause two That for the sake of which the sustaining is given

WitnessVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda, T279It is also by the power of the past vows of the Tathāgata Vairocana, by his majestic and spiritual power, and by the power of the roots of goodness you have cultivated, that you enter this samādhi and are made to expound the Dharma.T10n0279 0084a07
Buddhabhadra, T278Again, it is by the power of the original vows of the Buddha Rocana, by the power of his majestic spirit, and by the power of your roots of goodness, and again because it is wished that you should expound the Dharma widelyT09n0278 0444c13

What the variants bear upon: (a) The name of the Buddha is 「毘盧遮那如來」tr. “the Tathāgata Vairocana” in the eighty and 「盧舍那佛」tr. “the Buddha Rocana” in the sixty. (b) The eighty's 「往昔願力」tr. “the power of the past vows” answers to the sixty's 「本願力」tr. “the power of the original vows”. (c) Zhiyan judges the number of clauses on that for which the sustaining is given, below this: 「二「欲令汝廣說」下明加所為,有十一句:一總、九別、後一結成位也。第二九句內,初五自分、次四勝進耳。」tr. “Second, from ‘it is wished that you should expound widely’ down makes plain that for which the sustaining is given, and there are eleven clauses: one general, nine particular, and the last completing the station. Within the second set of nine clauses, the first five are the proper portion and the next four the advancing portion.”〔T35n1732 0033c17〕

Clause three The ten knowledges conferred by the Buddhas

WitnessVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda, T279unobstructed knowledge, unattached knowledge, unbroken knowledge, undeluded knowledge, unvarying knowledge, unfailing knowledge, measureless knowledge, unsurpassed knowledge, untiring knowledge, unseizable knowledgeT10n0279 0084a14
Buddhabhadra, T278unobstructed knowledge, unabiding knowledge, unbroken knowledge, undeluded knowledge, undamaged knowledge, unevil knowledge, measureless knowledge, unsurpassed knowledge, unwearying knowledge, unretreating knowledgeT09n0278 0444c20

What the variants bear upon: of the names of the ten knowledges, five are the same in the two witnesses and five differ — the same being unobstructed, unbroken, undeluded, measureless, and unsurpassed; the differing being the eighty's unattached against the sixty's unabiding, the eighty's unvarying against the sixty's undamaged, the eighty's unfailing against the sixty's unevil, the eighty's untiring against the sixty's unwearying, and the eighty's unseizable against the sixty's unretreating.

Clause four The portion of rising, and the general display of substance and mark in the main portion

WitnessVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda, T279The place where a bodhisattva abides is vast, equal to the Dharma realm and to space. Sons of the Buddha! A bodhisattva abides in the house of the Buddhas of the three timesT10n0279 0084a18
Buddhabhadra, T278The bodhisattva's seed-nature is profound and vast, equal to the Dharma realm and to space; all bodhisattvas are born from within the seed-nature of the Buddhas of the three times.T09n0278 0444c25

What the variants bear upon: (a) The eighty has 「住處」tr. “place of abiding” and the sixty 「種性」tr. “seed-nature” — this is the divergence of the rendering systems for the substance and mark of the main portion; Zhiyan, following the wording of the sixty, judges it to be 「初總歎種性義,即性、習二種性體也」tr. “first, the general praise of the meaning of the seed-nature, that is, the substance of the two seed-natures, the innate and the cultivated”〔T35n1732 0033c29〕, while Chengguan, following the wording of the eighty, judges that 「住處為總、餘皆是別,總即示體」tr. “the place of abiding is the general and all the rest are particular; the general is the display of substance”〔T35n1735 0634b23〕. The two judgments each follow their own witness, and both are recorded. (b) The eighty's 「住三世諸佛家」tr. “abides in the house of the Buddhas of the three times” answers to the sixty's 「從三世諸佛種性中生」tr. “are born from within the seed-nature of the Buddhas of the three times”.

Clause five The listing of the names of the ten abodes

WitnessVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda, T279the abode of first arousing the mind, the abode of preparing the ground, the abode of cultivation, the abode of noble birth, the abode of perfected skillful means, the abode of the rectified mind, the abode of non-retrogression, the abode of childlike purity, the abode of the prince, the abode of consecrationT10n0279 0084a22
Buddhabhadra, T278first named first arousing the mind, second named preparing the ground, third named cultivation, fourth named noble birth, fifth named skillful means perfected, sixth named the rectified mind, seventh named non-retrogression, eighth named childlike purity, ninth named the prince of the Dharma, tenth named consecrationT09n0278 0444c28
Zhi Qian, T281the first, arousing the intention; the second, preparing the ground; the third, responsive practice; the fourth, noble birth; the fifth, accomplishment by cultivation; the sixth, ascent in practice; the seventh, non-retrogression; the eighth, childlike purity; the ninth, understanding birth; the tenth, the station of one more birthT10n0281 0449c15

What the variants bear upon: (a) Of the ten names, the eighty and the sixty differ in two places only: the fifth, the eighty's 「具足方便」tr. “perfected skillful means” against the sixty's 「方便具足」tr. “skillful means perfected” (the two words inverted), and the ninth, the eighty's 「王子」tr. “prince” against the sixty's 「法王子」tr. “prince of the Dharma”; the other eight are wholly the same. (b) T281's ten ancient names differ wholly from the later renderings while the sequence answers to them: arousing the intention answers to first arousing the mind · preparing the ground to preparing the ground · responsive practice to cultivation · noble birth to noble birth · accomplishment by cultivation to perfected skillful means · ascent in practice to the rectified mind · non-retrogression to non-retrogression · childlike purity to childlike purity · understanding birth to the prince · the station of one more birth to consecration. (c) The eighty has before and after the listing of names the two sentences 「過去、未來、現在諸佛,已說、當說、今說」tr. “the Buddhas of the past, the future, and the present have spoken, will speak, and now speak” and 「去、來、現在諸佛所說」tr. “spoken by the Buddhas of the past, the future, and the present”, flanking it; the sixty has only the one sentence 「去、來、現在諸佛所說」tr. “spoken by the Buddhas of the past, the future, and the present”; and T281 has 「往古來今,皆由此成,眾祐所歎」tr. “from of old down to now, all are accomplished by this, and it is what the Blessed Ones praise”.

Clause six The condition of arousing the mind at the abode of arousing the mind

WitnessVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda, T279This bodhisattva sees that the Buddha, the World-Honored One, is upright and adorned in form, complete and full in color and mark, delightful for people to see, hard to encounter, and possessed of great majestic powerT10n0279 0084a26
Buddhabhadra, T278This bodhisattva sees the Buddha's thirty-two marks and eighty subsidiary signs, his subtle color complete, honored and hard to encounterT09n0278 0445a03
Zhi Qian, T281That is, on first seeing the Buddha, ten merits arise: first, seeing the Buddha upright; second, his bodily color and marks complete; third, the manifest transformations of his spiritual feet; fourth, the profundity of his virtue in the Way; fifth, his manner and rule incomparable; sixth, that he is said to know people's thoughts; seventh, that his setting forth of scripture and teaching is clear; eighth, that what he says is truly understood; ninth, seeing the suffering of birth-and-death; tenth, taking in body the joy of the Buddha's DharmaT10n0281 0449c18

What the variants bear upon: (a) The sixty plainly raises 「三十二相、八十種好」tr. “the thirty-two marks and the eighty subsidiary signs”, while the eighty has 「形貌端嚴,色相圓滿」tr. “upright and adorned in form, complete and full in color and mark” and does not list the numbers of the marks and signs. (b) The condition of arousing the mind is loose prose in the eighty and the sixty, while T281 sets it out in an orderly list of ten items. (c) Under the arousing of the mind of awakening the sixty has the four further words 「一向不迴」tr. “without turning back at all”, which the eighty lacks.

Clause seven The ten knowledges (the ten powers) taken as object at the abode of arousing the mind

WitnessVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda, T279the knowledge of what is and is not so, the knowledge of the retribution of good and evil deeds, the knowledge of the superiority and inferiority of the faculties, the knowledge of the differences among the various understandings, the knowledge of the differences among the various elements, the knowledge of the paths that lead to every destination, the knowledge of the concentrations, liberations, and samādhis, the unobstructed knowledge of former lives, the unobstructed knowledge of the heavenly eye, the knowledge of the universal exhaustion of the outflows of the three timesT10n0279 0084b02
Buddhabhadra, T278the knowledge of what is and is not so, the knowledge of the defilement and purity of the retribution of deeds, the knowledge of the faculties, the knowledge of desires and delights, the knowledge of natures, the knowledge of the paths that lead to every destination, the knowledge of the defilement and purity and the arising of all concentrations, liberations, samādhis, and right receptions, the unobstructed knowledge of former lives, the unobstructed knowledge of the heavenly eye, the knowledge of the exhaustion of the outflows of the three timesT09n0278 0445a08

What the variants bear upon: (a) The eighty has 「此菩薩緣十種難得法而發於心」tr. “this bodhisattva arouses the mind in dependence on ten hard-to-obtain dharmas”, while the sixty has 「此菩薩因初發心得十力分」tr. “this bodhisattva, by first arousing the mind, gains a portion of the ten powers” — the one being what is taken as object and the other what is gained, so that the direction of attribution differs. (b) The items are given more fully in the eighty than in the sixty, as with the eighty's 「種種解差別智」tr. “the knowledge of the differences among the various understandings” against the sixty's 「欲樂智」tr. “the knowledge of desires and delights”, and the eighty's 「種種界差別智」tr. “the knowledge of the differences among the various elements” against the sixty's 「性智」tr. “the knowledge of natures”.

Clause eight The ten minds of the abode of preparing the ground

WitnessVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda, T279the mind of benefit, the mind of great compassion, the mind of ease and joy, the mind of settling them, the mind of pity, the mind of taking them in, the mind of guarding them, the mind that treats them as oneself, the mind of a teacher, the mind of a guideT10n0279 0084b14
Buddhabhadra, T278the mind of great kindness, the mind of great compassion, the mind of joy, the mind of settling them, the mind of gladness, the mind of delivering beings, the mind of guarding beings, the mind that takes them as one's own, the mind of a teacher, the mind of a TathāgataT09n0278 0445a20
Zhi Qian, T281first, mindfulness of people's good; second, a clean and pure mind; third, a gentle and soft intent; fourth, a settled and quiet aim; fifth, constant giving; sixth, practicing kindness and love; seventh, benefiting the world; eighth, aiding equity; ninth, regarding another as oneself; tenth, revering people as a teacherT10n0281 0450a01

What the variants bear upon: (a) The first mind is 「利益心」tr. “the mind of benefit” in the eighty and 「大慈心」tr. “the mind of great kindness” in the sixty. (b) The fifth, the eighty's 「憐愍心」tr. “the mind of pity” answers to the sixty's 「歡喜心」tr. “the mind of gladness”. (c) The eighth, the eighty's 「同己心」tr. “the mind that treats them as oneself” answers to the sixty's 「我所心」tr. “the mind that takes them as one's own” and to T281's 「視彼如己」tr. “regarding another as oneself” — the three witnesses point to one meaning while their wordings are wholly different in system. (d) The tenth, the eighty's 「導師心」tr. “the mind of a guide” answers to the sixty's 「如來心」tr. “the mind of a Tathāgata”.

Clause nine The ten contemplations of the abode of cultivation

WitnessVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda, T279contemplating that all dharmas are impermanent, that all dharmas are suffering, that all dharmas are empty, that all dharmas are without self, that all dharmas are without doing, that all dharmas are without savor, that all dharmas are not as their names, that all dharmas are without location, that all dharmas are apart from discrimination, that all dharmas are without solid realityT10n0279 0084b23
Buddhabhadra, T278contemplating that all dharmas are impermanent, suffering, empty, without self, and not sovereign; that all dharmas are not to be delighted in; that all dharmas are without gathering or scattering; that all dharmas are without firmness; that all dharmas are false; that all dharmas are without diligent effort, conjunction, or firmnessT09n0278 0445b01

What the variants bear upon: after the first four the sixty has the further item 「不自在」tr. “not sovereign” and lacks the eighty's 「無作」tr. “without doing”, 「不如名」tr. “not as their names”, 「無處所」tr. “without location”, and 「離分別」tr. “apart from discrimination”; the two witnesses open and draw together differently, and so the ten items do not answer to one another one by one. Chengguan records what this passage is based upon: 「然此十無常大同三地,彼論具釋。」tr. “Now, these ten impermanences are largely the same as the third ground, which the treatise glosses in full.”〔T35n1735 0636c23〕

Clause ten The ten kinds of vast dharma to be learned at the abode of non-retrogression

WitnessVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda, T279to speak of one is to speak of many, to speak of many is to speak of one, the words follow upon the meaning, the meaning follows upon the words, non-existence is existence, existence is non-existence, the markless is the marked, the marked is the markless, naturelessness is nature, nature is naturelessnessT10n0279 0085a27
Zhi Qian, T281opening the subtle wisdom, one enters the great wisdom; opening the great wisdom, one enters the subtle wisdom; manifesting one dharma, one enters the many scriptures; manifesting the many scriptures, one enters one dharma; understanding beings, one enters the essential of emptiness; understanding the essential of emptiness, one enters beings; explaining the notion of existence, one enters the still concentration; explaining the still concentration, one enters the notion of existence; speaking of the little that is pure, one enters the many notions; speaking of the many notions, one enters the little that is pureT10n0281 0450b16

What the variants bear upon: what is cited in the second row of the table above is the ten learnings of the passage on non-retrogression in the Pusa benye jing (T281), not text of T278 — the corresponding passage of T278 has 「應學十法」tr. “he should learn ten dharmas” with a sentence pattern largely the same as the eighty's, and T281 is set beside it here because both witnesses set up their ten dharmas by the doubly returning pattern ‘the one enters the other, the other enters the one,’ while the items of Dharma matched to it are wholly different: the eighty makes its ten from the four pairs of one and many, words and meaning, existence and non-existence, and mark and nature, whereas T281 makes its ten from the five pairs of wisdom and wisdom, dharma and scripture, beings and emptiness, notion and concentration, and little and many. 〔Recorded without adjudication〕

Clause eleven The unknowability of the abode of consecration

WitnessVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda, T279This bodhisattva's body and the deeds of his body, his spiritual penetrations and manifestations, his knowledge of the past, his knowledge of the future, his knowledge of the present, the Buddha-lands he accomplishes, the sphere of his mind and the sphere of his knowledge, are all unknowable, not even by a bodhisattva who is a prince of the Dharma.T10n0279 0085c02
Zhi Qian, T281Ten things that the born cannot reach in one of the station of one more birth: they cannot know his bodily affairs and the conduct of his aim, his spiritual feet and settled mindfulness, his reaching the ancient and knowing the present, his seeing what comes after and making plain the place, and his cultivating the dharma of lands, the matters of his sagely intent, and what one of the station of one more birth desires.T10n0281 0450c14

What the variants bear upon: (a) The eighty concludes with 「乃至法王子菩薩亦不能知」tr. “not even by a bodhisattva who is a prince of the Dharma”, making plain that the lower station does not know the higher; T281 has 「生所不能及補處者十」tr. “ten things that the born cannot reach in one of the station of one more birth”, listing ten items as what cannot be reached. (b) Chengguan judges this passage: 「後有十句讚勝難測,以位終故加此一段。」tr. “Afterward there are ten clauses praising its excellence as hard to fathom; because it is the end of the stations, this one passage is added.”〔T35n1735 0639b08〕

Clause twelve The concluding sentence

WitnessVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda, T279Whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself, not through the teaching of another.T10n0279 0084b11
Buddhabhadra, T278Whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself, not through the awakening of another.T09n0278 0445a17

What the variants bear upon: only the last two graphs differ — the eighty has 「不由他教」tr. “not through the teaching of another” and the sixty 「不由他悟」tr. “not through the awakening of another”. In both witnesses this sentence occurs ten times, and it is the common-pattern concluding sentence of the advancing passages of the ten abodes.


V. Scriptural Grounds of Sectarian Doctrine (the doctrinal eye)

(1) The ten abodes are the common cause of the Buddhas of the three times — this chapter's 「菩薩住有十種,過去、未來、現在諸佛,已說、當說、今說」tr. “the abodes of a bodhisattva are of ten kinds, which the Buddhas of the past, the future, and the present have spoken, will speak, and now speak”〔T10n0279 0084a20〕, which Chengguan glosses by the great king's road:

「今初,謂三世佛果無不由此十住因成,如大王路,法爾常規,故同說也。」tr. “Now, the first: that is, there is no fruit of Buddhahood in the three times that is not accomplished by the cause of these ten abodes, just as with the great king's road, which is the constant rule of the way things are; and therefore they speak them alike.”〔T35n1735 0635a09〕

This is the ground on which this chapter establishes the stations: the ten abodes are not the arrangement of one Buddha at one time but the constant rule of the way things are.

(2) The place of abiding is substance, and vastness is mark — Chengguan glosses the main portion following the pattern of the Dilun:

「若直觀經文,則住處二字總示其體,廣大已下略顯其相。住三世佛家,結示住處。今依《地論》類例以解,則住處為總、餘皆是別,總即示體」tr. “If one contemplates the sūtra text directly, then the two words ‘place of abiding’ display its substance in general, and what follows from ‘vast’ briefly shows its mark, and ‘abides in the house of the Buddhas of the three times’ concludes by pointing to the place of abiding. Now, glossing it following the pattern of the Dilun, then the place of abiding is the general and all the rest are particular; the general is the display of substance”〔T35n1735 0634b20〕

(3) Arousing the mind is at once abiding · at the first arousing of the mind one accomplishes right awakening — Chengguan, glossing 「不退」tr. “non-retrogression” in the advancing passage of the repeated verses, judges the round teaching in respect of the present station:

「不退有三:一位不退,七住已上;二證不退,初地已上;三念不退,八地已去。今此近希位不退故。若約圓教當位,從信入住得位不退,初發心時成正覺故。」tr. “Non-retrogression is of three kinds: first, non-retrogression of station, from the seventh abode upward; second, non-retrogression of realization, from the first ground upward; third, non-retrogression of thought, from the eighth ground onward. What is looked for here is close to the non-retrogression of station. And if it is taken in terms of the round teaching in respect of the present station, then from faith one enters the abodes and gains a station that is not retrogressed from, for at the first arousing of the mind one accomplishes right awakening.”〔T35n1735 0640a19〕

This judgment carries the ten abodes of this chapter straight through to the meaning of the chapter on Pure Conduct, ‘at the first arousing of the mind one at once gains unsurpassed perfect awakening.’

(4) The unshakenness of the abode of the rectified mind comes from wisdom — Chengguan: 「第六正心住。初自分內,由成就般若了法性相,故皆不動,名為正心。」tr. “Sixth, the abode of the rectified mind. Within the proper portion, because he has accomplished the wisdom that understands the nature and marks of dharmas, he is in all cases unshaken, and it is named the rectified mind.”〔T35n1735 0637c27〕, and he glosses why in the first four pairs he is unshaken at praise and malignment: 「由了法平等、聲如谷響故,於讚毀不生欣慼。」tr. “because he understands that dharmas are equal and that sound is like an echo in a valley, he gives rise to neither delight nor grief at praise or malignment.”〔0637c29〕 and again glosses the middle way of the latter three pairs: 「有量無量是斷常邊,菩薩不墮。有垢無垢是增減邊,菩薩遠離。易度難度是苦樂邊,菩薩不住。」tr. “Limited and unlimited are the extremes of annihilation and permanence, into which the bodhisattva does not fall. Defiled and undefiled are the extremes of increase and decrease, from which the bodhisattva departs. Easy to deliver and hard to deliver are the extremes of suffering and pleasure, in which the bodhisattva does not dwell.”〔0638a03〕

(5) The abode of non-retrogression surpasses the preceding station — Chengguan distinguishes the rectified mind from non-retrogression:

「而十皆言不退轉者,大同前位,然此位中已入無生,知所聞法畢竟空故。又前位會事入理令心不動;今此事理雙現而心不退;後位從理向事唯隨事行,轉純熟故。是故前位於三寶等但聞讚毀,忍之尚易;今聞有無利害轉深,成忍則難,故過前位。又前言不動,但能正心;今云不退,有進趣義。」tr. “That all ten say ‘does not retrogress’ is largely the same as the previous station; yet at this station he has already entered the non-arising and knows that the dharmas he hears are ultimately empty. Again, the previous station gathers affairs into principle and makes the mind unshaken; here affairs and principle are both present and yet the mind does not retrogress; the later station goes from principle toward affairs and only follows affairs in practice, growing ever more seasoned. Therefore at the previous station, as to the Three Jewels and the rest, he only heard praise and malignment, and to bear that was still easy; here he hears existence and non-existence, where what is at stake goes deeper, so that to accomplish forbearance is hard, and therefore it surpasses the previous station. Again, before it was said to be unshaken, which is only being able to rectify the mind; here it is said not to retrogress, which carries the sense of advancing onward.”〔T35n1735 0638a21〕

(6) The abode of childlike purity is largely the same as the eighth ground — Chengguan: 「自分中,初三三業無失,永離習氣,唯佛得之;任運無功在於八地。此中多同八地,能行無漏故得無失,無十不善失,亦無錯謬失。」tr. “Within the proper portion, the first three, the three deeds being without fault and the residual habits forever departed from, are attained by the Buddha alone; to be effortless and spontaneous lies at the eighth ground. This is largely the same as the eighth ground, for because he can practice without outflows he attains the absence of fault: there is no fault of the ten unwholesome deeds, nor any fault of error.”〔T35n1735 0638c08〕 and he judges what is learned: 「後明勝進是不動行,初六於剎自在、後四三業自在。此同八地」tr. “Afterward it makes plain that the advancing portion is the practice of the immovable: the first six are sovereignty over lands and the latter four sovereignty in the three deeds. This is the same as the eighth ground”〔0638c16〕

(7) The abode of consecration gathers all the stations — Chengguan glosses the advancing portion's learning of the ten knowledges of the Buddhas:

「即學佛一切智、一切種智,以當位滿灌頂成佛,以攝諸位皆此中具故。」tr. “That is, learning the Buddha's omniscience and knowledge of all modes; since with the present station full one is consecrated and becomes a Buddha, it gathers all the stations as being complete within this.”〔T35n1735 0639b17〕

The ten clauses of the proper portion are divided in two: 「前中,前五了世界無礙智;後五成就眾生無礙智,以智度滿故,多同大盡分智成就說。」tr. “Within the former, the first five are the unobstructed knowledge that understands worlds; the latter five are the unobstructed knowledge that brings beings to accomplishment, and since the perfection of wisdom is full, it is largely the same as the exposition of the accomplishment of the knowledge of the portion of great exhaustion.”〔0639b09〕

(8) The abode of noble birth is birth from the teaching of the sages — Chengguan glosses it by three meanings and cites this chapter's repeated verses in self-evidence:

「從聖教生者,謂多聞熏習,等流無漏教法生其智故。又下偈云「佛子於法如是觀,從佛親生名佛子」,此約能說人也。又偈云「了達諸有無所有,超過彼法生法界」,此約理也。」tr. “As for being born out of the teaching of the sages: that is, by the perfuming of wide learning the outflowing and outflow-free dharma of teaching gives birth to his wisdom. Again, a verse below says, ‘When a son of the Buddha contemplates dharmas in this way, he is born of the Buddha himself and so is named a son of the Buddha,’ and this is in terms of the person who speaks. Again a verse says, ‘Penetrating that the existences have nothing possessed, he passes beyond those dharmas and is born into the Dharma realm,’ and this is in terms of the principle.”〔T35n1735 0637b16〕

(9) At the abode of perfected skillful means the proper and the advancing portions gather each other in — Chengguan: 「第五具足方便住者,自分十心亦是方便也,勝進十心亦具足也。」tr. “As for the fifth, the abode of perfected skillful means, the ten minds of the proper portion are also skillful means, and the ten minds of the advancing portion are also perfected.”〔T35n1735 0637c01〕 that is, the two words of the abode's name are distributed to the two passages, while the two passages are furnished with each other.

(10) The number of the ten abodes is two hundred dharma-gates — Li Tongxuan:

「并取此位十法至下十住之終總有二百箇法門,共成十住之位。一一住內皆有二十箇法門,十法以成當位之門,十法以為昇進之行,經文自具,不煩更釋。」tr. “Taking together the ten dharmas of this station down to the end of the ten abodes, there are two hundred dharma-gates in all, which together make up the station of the ten abodes. Within each and every abode there are twenty dharma-gates, ten dharmas accomplishing the gate of the present station and ten serving as the practice of ascent; the sūtra text furnishes them itself, and there is no need of further gloss.”〔T36n1739 0835b01〕

A word-by-word count of the base text agrees: each of the ten abodes has one passage of the proper portion and one passage of exhortation to learn, twenty passages in all; only the proper portion of the abode of perfected skillful means has neither the question 「何者為十」tr. “which ten?” nor the concluding 「是為十」tr. “these are the ten” (the other nine abodes have both), so that the base text has 「是為十」tr. “these are the ten” nine times and the question twenty times (「何者為十」tr. “which ten?” nineteen times and 「何等為十」tr. “which are the ten?” once, the latter only in the proper portion of the abode of cultivation).


VI. Divergent Interpretations of the Commentators (the ancient masters, by school)

Chengguan, Huayan jing shu, T35n1735 (following the text of the eighty-fascicle Avataṃsaka clause by clause · principal)

The two meanings of the ten minds of the abode of preparing the ground — Chengguan sets up two glosses, the one and the many, the latter matching them to eight kinds of being:

「列中十心有其二義:一於一一眾生各起十心;二為辨差別對八種眾生,一於怨眾生非直不念加報亦乃授與利益、二於貧苦眾生欲令遠離故起悲心、三於危懼無樂眾生令得樂具不盡、四於惡行眾生令安住善行、五於得樂眾生以矜愍心不令放逸、六於外道未發心者攝令正信」tr. “Within the listing, the ten minds have two meanings: first, that toward each and every being one arouses these ten minds; second, that in order to distinguish differences they are matched to eight kinds of being — first, toward hostile beings, not only not thinking of requital but going on to bestow benefit; second, toward beings poor and suffering, arousing the mind of compassion in order that they may be free of it; third, toward beings in peril and dread and without joy, causing them to gain the means of joy inexhaustibly; fourth, toward beings of evil conduct, causing them to be settled in good conduct; fifth, toward beings who have gained joy, with a mind of commiseration not letting them grow negligent; sixth, toward outsiders who have not yet aroused the mind, taking them in so as to cause right faith”〔T35n1735 0636b28〕

What the ten contemplations of the abode of cultivation are based upon — Chengguan relates them to the third ground of the chapter on the Ten Grounds: 「然此十無常大同三地,彼論具釋。」tr. “Now, these ten impermanences are largely the same as the third ground, which the treatise glosses in full.”〔T35n1735 0636c23〕 and he glosses them layer by layer: 「論云「命行不住總名無常」,此總句也。然復有二:一者念念無常、二者一期無常。於何無常?依五盛陰逼迫相故苦也。」tr. “The treatise says, ‘The going on of life does not stay: this in general is named impermanence,’ and this is the general clause. Yet there are two further kinds: first, impermanence from moment to moment; second, impermanence over one term of life. In what is it impermanent? In dependence on the five blazing aggregates, because of the mark of oppression, it is suffering.”〔0636c25〕 and he cites the Yuqie shidi lun: 「由無常行,作意為先,趣入苦行。由苦無所得行,趣入空行,空故不自在。」tr. “By the practice of impermanence, with attention as prior, one enters upon the practice of suffering. By the practice of nothing being obtained in suffering, one enters upon the practice of emptiness; being empty, it is not sovereign.”〔0636c28〕

The ten things of the abode of noble birth are the same as the ten dharma-knowledges of the fourth ground — 「列中十事同四地十種法智,但有開合耳。既從聖教生,成就四智教化眾生。一自住處智,不退轉故,亦所生也。二同敬智,於佛淨信故」tr. “Within the listing, the ten things are the same as the ten dharma-knowledges of the fourth ground, differing only in being opened out or drawn together. Since one is born out of the teaching of the sages, one accomplishes the four knowledges and transforms beings. First is the knowledge of one's own place of abiding, since it does not retrogress, and it is also what one is born into. Second is the knowledge of like reverence, because of pure faith in the Buddha”〔T35n1735 0637b19〕

The abode of the rectified mind and the citation of the Shangzhu tianzi jing — 「故《商主天子經》云「無有不毀語言而能至其解脫中」故。」tr. “Hence the Shangzhu tianzi jing says, ‘there is none who, without being maligned in speech, is able to arrive within that liberation.’”〔T35n1735 0638a02〕

The four causes and ten clauses of the condition of arousing the mind at the abode of arousing the mind — 「文列十緣,義含四因,謂信、悲、智及種性也。見佛世尊是初總相;「發菩提」下結前生後;中間十句別顯不同:一形貌容儀、二顯色大相、三具隨好故人所樂見,上三觀外相也。四時乃一出、出便利益故為難遇,此通內外;五十力無畏降魔制外,此明內德;六神變難思,即神足輪,此唯外用。」tr. “The text lists ten conditions, and in meaning it holds four causes, namely faith, compassion, wisdom, and the seed-nature. ‘Seeing the Buddha, the World-Honored One’ is the first, the general mark; from ‘arouses the mind of awakening’ down concludes what precedes and gives rise to what follows; and the ten clauses in between severally display what differs: first, form and bearing; second, manifest color and the great marks; third, being furnished with the subsidiary signs and so delightful for people to see — these three contemplate the outer marks. Fourth, that he appears but once in an age and appearing at once benefits, and so is hard to encounter, which runs through inner and outer; fifth, that with the ten powers and the fearlessnesses he subdues demons and controls outsiders, which makes plain the inner virtue; sixth, that his spiritual transformations are hard to conceive, which is the wheel of spiritual feet, and this is outer function alone.”〔T35n1735 0635c24〕

The ten dharmas of the advancing portion at the abode of arousing the mind do not go beyond compassion and wisdom — 「列中有十,不出悲智。供佛為總,通財及法;下九為別,行下九事真供養故。」tr. “Within the listing there are ten, and they do not go beyond compassion and wisdom. Making offerings to the Buddhas is the general clause, running through both goods and Dharma; the nine below are particular, for only in doing the nine things below is it a true offering.”〔T35n1735 0636a22〕

Fazang, Tanxuan ji, T35n1733 (commentary on the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka, The Ten Abodes, eleventh)

The question and answer on naming person and dharma jointly — Fazang sets two questions, distinguishing why the three worthies are named jointly by person and dharma and why the ten abodes raise the general name:

「問:前外凡,〈賢首品〉唯約人名,後〈十地〉聖位唯約法名,於此內凡三賢之中人法合目者何耶?答前位未成故就人法目,三賢位劣人法合稱,聖位顯著故唯約法名,此亦是施設漸增之相。」tr. “Question: before, in the outer ordinary stage, the chapter The Worthy Head takes only the name of a person, and afterward, in the noble stations of the Ten Grounds, only the name of a dharma is taken; why then, among the three worthies of the inner ordinary stage here, are person and dharma named jointly? Answer: because the earlier stations are not yet accomplished, one names them by person and dharma; the stations of the three worthies being inferior, person and dharma are named jointly, whereas the noble stations being manifest, only the name of a dharma is taken. This too is a mark of the gradual increase of what is set up.”〔T35n1733 0195b29〕

「問:等是人法合目,何故十行十迴向提別人名,此中舉通名耶?答:於賢位中有三,謂下中上,此當下品,劣故舉通名;十行是中賢次故,雖提別名,然約義少改,名華聚等也;迴向是上賢勝故,稱本別提名金剛幢迴向也。」tr. “Question: since they equally name person and dharma jointly, why do the Ten Practices and the Ten Dedications raise a particular name of a person, while here the general name is raised? Answer: among the stations of the worthy there are three, the lower, the middle, and the upper; this belongs to the lower grade, and being inferior it raises the general name. The Ten Practices are the middle worthy and come next, and so, although they raise a particular name, in meaning it is slightly altered, being named Flower Cluster and the like. The Dedications are the upper worthy and are superior, and so the original particular name is raised, being named the Vajra Banner Dedication.”〔T35n1733 0195c05〕

Why there is a separate advancing portion here — 「問:何故前會無別勝進趣後,此中有耶?答:此中位成故、勝前故。又前信無位,總為趣住方便故;今此位成,是故別有進後方便也。」tr. “Question: why did the previous assembly have no separate advancing portion going on to what follows, while here there is one? Answer: because here the station is accomplished, and because it surpasses what went before. Again, the previous faith had no station and was wholly a skillful means toward reaching the abodes; here the station is accomplished, and therefore there is separately a skillful means of advancing beyond.”〔T35n1733 0195c16〕

The matching of the repeated verses to the stations, differing from Chengguan — Fazang, on the sixty-fascicle text, judges the number of verses for each abode: 「第二住中六頌,初二頌自分、後四頌勝進。第三住中有五頌,初二自分、後三勝進。第四住有六頌,初三自分、後三勝進。第五住有四頌半,初三自分、後一半明勝進。第六住有五頌,初四自分、後一勝進。第七住有四頌,初二自分、後二勝進。第八住有五頌,初三自分、後二勝進。第九住有三頌,初二自分、後一勝進。第十住有八頌,初五自分、次一顯德、後二勝進。」tr. “In the second abode there are six verses: the first two repeat the proper portion and the latter four the advancing portion. In the third abode there are five verses: the first two the proper portion and the latter three the advancing portion. The fourth abode has six verses: the first three the proper portion and the latter three the advancing portion. The fifth abode has four and a half verses: the first three the proper portion and the latter one and a half make plain the advancing portion. The sixth abode has five verses: the first four the proper portion and the last one the advancing portion. The seventh abode has four verses: the first two the proper portion and the latter two the advancing portion. The eighth abode has five verses: the first three the proper portion and the latter two the advancing portion. The ninth abode has three verses: the first two the proper portion and the last one the advancing portion. The tenth abode has eight verses: the first five the proper portion, the next one displaying the virtue, and the last two the advancing portion.”〔T35n1733 0201a11〕; and for the passage of concluding praise he has 「九頌分三:初一總歎十住、二有七別歎初住、後一以初住倍類顯後」tr. “the nine verses are divided into three: the first one praises the ten abodes in general; second, there are seven praising the first abode in particular; and the last one uses the first abode to bring out what follows by comparison”〔0201a20〕

Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lun, T36n1739 (a different track, presenting by figure)

The sequence of cutting off delusion as a separate gate — Li Tongxuan sets up in this chapter the further gate of 「都會斷惑次第」tr. “a general reckoning of the sequence of cutting off delusion”, matching the first three abodes to the breaking of the afflictions of the world, and listing ten root afflictions and six secondary afflictions:

「其十種根本煩惱者,一欲、二色、三無色,此是三界根本所縛處,四憍慢、五諸趣、六愛、七愚癡、八貪、九恚、十心魔王,為十。又隨煩惱總有六者,一諂、二誑、三疑惑、四慳、五嫉、六憍盈。」tr. “As for the ten kinds of root affliction: first desire, second form, third formlessness — these are the three realms, the root places of bondage; fourth arrogance, fifth the destinies, sixth craving, seventh delusion, eighth greed, ninth hatred, tenth the demon king of the mind: these are the ten. And as for the secondary afflictions, there are six in all: first flattery, second deceit, third doubt, fourth stinginess, fifth envy, sixth conceited excess.”〔T36n1739 0832a07〕

and he states for himself why the five views are not discussed: 「此約內心所趣,不約身見、邊見、見取、戒取、邪見。內心成智,諸見自是解脫。以一乘教體但約悟無明而成大智,用諸見而作自在,以此不論五見。」tr. “This is in terms of what the inner mind tends toward, and not in terms of the view of self, the extreme views, the grasping of views, the grasping of precepts, and wrong views. When the inner mind becomes wisdom, the views are of themselves liberation. Since the substance of the teaching of the One Vehicle is only in terms of awakening to ignorance and thereby becoming great wisdom, and uses the views to make sovereignty, therefore the five views are not discussed.”〔T36n1739 0832a16〕

The seven sections of the portion of speaking — 「第五明說教威感大地震動。從此段中科為七段:一明大地六種十八相動;二明天雨十種供養;三明總結十方同說;四明十方威感遠近;五明十方同號菩薩咸來作證;六明十方佛果名妙法,此明從妙慧而說此法;七明法慧承威說頌。」tr. “Fifth, making plain that the speaking of the teaching in its majesty moves the great earth. From within this passage seven sections are outlined: first, making plain that the great earth shakes in six ways and eighteen aspects; second, making plain that the heavens rain down ten kinds of offering; third, making plain the general conclusion that the ten directions speak alike; fourth, making plain the near and far of the majestic response of the ten directions; fifth, making plain that bodhisattvas of the same name in the ten directions all come to bear witness; sixth, making plain that the fruit of Buddhahood in the ten directions is named Wondrous Dharma, which shows that this dharma is spoken from wondrous wisdom; seventh, making plain that Dharma Wisdom, sustained by the majestic power, speaks the verses.”〔T36n1739 0835b05〕

The total number of the repeated verses — 「第七明承威說頌者,於此段中總有二百行頌以歎十住位中二百箇法門」tr. “Seventh, as to making plain that sustained by the majestic power he speaks the verses: within this passage there are two hundred lines of verse in all, praising the two hundred dharma-gates within the stations of the ten abodes”〔T36n1739 0835b10〕

Zhiyan, Souxuan ji, T35n1732 (an ancient commentary on the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka · recorded)

What is counteracted and what is gained among the five gates — 「二明所治,是前百障應位斷故,若三乘熟教所斷外道我執。三所得,光增定及頂善根。四所成,即十解成。即是三乘熟教說,即此品宗。」tr. “Second, making plain what is counteracted: it is the hundred obstructions above, to be cut off according to station; if it be the teaching for the ripened of the three vehicles, then what is cut off is the outsiders' grasping of self. Third, what is gained: the concentration of increasing light and the roots of goodness at the summit. Fourth, what is accomplished: that is, the ten understandings accomplished. This is spoken by the teaching for the ripened of the three vehicles, and is the doctrine of this chapter.”〔T35n1732 0033b29〕

The citation of Master Guang's judgment of eight prefaces — 「初品若義分文,此初有三序。光師云:有八序,為三:初品二合名住處序、次品三合名集眾序、此品三合起說序。」tr. “If the first chapter be divided in text by meaning, there are three prefaces at the beginning here. Master Guang says: there are eight prefaces, made three — the first chapter's two together are named the preface of the place of abiding, the next chapter's three together are named the preface of the gathering of the assembly, and this chapter's three together are the preface of the beginning of the exposition.”〔T35n1732 0033c06〕

Six portions rather than seven — 「又依〈地品〉,此下三會各有六分:初名三昧分、二加分、三起分、四本分、五說分、六利益分。」tr. “Again, following the chapter on the Grounds, the three assemblies below each have six portions: the first named the portion of samādhi, the second the portion of sustaining, the third the portion of rising, the fourth the main portion, the fifth the portion of speaking, the sixth the portion of benefit.”〔T35n1732 0033c08〕

The number of the repeated verses given as two hundred and three stanzas — 「第四重誦,文有二百三偈,有二:初一百八十五頌十解相;二「如是十住諸菩薩」下有十八,總頌十住結歎勸修。初正頌,文有十:初九十頌初住」tr. “Fourth, the repeated recitation: the text has two hundred and three stanzas, and there are two: first, one hundred and eighty-five verses on the marks of the ten understandings; second, from ‘the bodhisattvas of the ten abodes such as these’ down there are eighteen, generally repeating the ten abodes and concluding in praise and exhortation to cultivate. The first, the proper repetition, has ten in its text: the first ninety verses are the first abode”〔T35n1732 0035a09〕; and the matching abode by abode reads 「治地內,初四頌解、後八頌所學行。修行前四頌解、後六所學行。生貴,前六解、後六行。方便具足,前六解、後三行。正心,前八解、後二行。不退,前四解、後四行。童真,前六解、後四行。」tr. “Within preparing the ground, the first four verses are the understanding and the latter eight the practice learned. Cultivation: the first four verses the understanding and the latter six the practice learned. Noble birth: the first six the understanding and the latter six the practice. Skillful means perfected: the first six the understanding and the latter three the practice. The rectified mind: the first eight the understanding and the latter two the practice. Non-retrogression: the first four the understanding and the latter four the practice. Childlike purity: the first six the understanding and the latter four the practice.”〔0035a15〕

Recorded without adjudication: the number of this chapter's repeated verses and their matching to the stations are judged differently by the four masters — Chengguan, following the eighty-fascicle text, judges 「總有一百頌,分二:初九十一頌正頌前法、後『如是十住』下九頌結歎勸修」tr. “there are one hundred verses in all, divided in two: the first ninety-one verses properly repeat the foregoing dharma, and from ‘the ten abodes such as these’ down the last nine conclude in praise and exhort to cultivation”〔T35n1735 0639c29〕, with forty-six verses to the first abode and the rest in order five, five, six, five, four, four, five, five, six; Fazang, following the sixty-fascicle text, judges six verses to the second abode, four and a half to the fifth, three to the ninth, and eight to the tenth, with seven of the nine concluding verses praising the first abode in particular; Zhiyan, following the sixty-fascicle text, judges the whole to be two hundred and three stanzas, with ninety verses to the first abode, matching abode by abode by the two divisions of 「解」tr. “understanding” and 「行」tr. “practice”. The witnesses depended upon differ (the eighty-fascicle text's repeated verses count two hundred lines by actual count, making one hundred verses, while the sixty-fascicle text's number of lines differs of itself), and so the outlines judged differ as well. The three masters run side by side; all are settled accounts of the ancient masters, and they are recorded without adjudicating which is superior. Again, as to the judgment of the substance of the ten abodes: Chengguan, following the eighty-fascicle text's 「住處」tr. “place of abiding”, sets up substance in three layers; Zhiyan, following the sixty-fascicle text's 「種性」tr. “seed-nature”, sets up the substance of the two seed-natures, the innate and the cultivated; and Li Tongxuan sets up the name by 「生諸佛大智慧中住」tr. “abiding born within the great wisdom of the Buddhas” — each follows his own witness and his own track, and all are recorded without adjudication. That Li Tongxuan separately sets up the gate of the sequence of cutting off delusion and does not discuss the five views is a track and a rut different from the outlines and glosses of Chengguan and Fazang; the ancients had this account, and it is recorded.


VII. Cross-Reading and Lineage

  • The relation to the chapters before and after: this chapter follows upon Praises in Verse atop Mount Sumeru, fourteenth, and is followed by Pure Conduct, sixteenth. Chengguan judges the four chapters divided in two: 「四品分二:前三當位行德、後一勝進趣後」tr. “the four chapters are divided in two, the first three being the practice and virtue of the present station and the last being the advance toward what follows”〔T35n1735 0632c29〕, that is, this chapter together with Pure Conduct and The Merit of First Arousing the Mind are the practice and virtue of the present station, and Making Plain the Dharma is the advance toward what follows; and within the three chapters he further judges 「初品辨位、次品辨行、後品明德」tr. “the first chapter distinguishes the stations, the next chapter distinguishes the practice, and the last chapter makes plain the virtue”〔0633a04〕 — this chapter being the chapter that distinguishes the stations. Fazang judges the same on the sixty-fascicle text: 「初三品是當位行德、後一品是勝進趣後」tr. “the first three chapters are the practice and virtue of the present station, and the last chapter is the advance toward what follows”〔T35n1733 0195c13〕. Zhiyan divides them in terms of the lay and the monastic: 「此中二品即為二:初通道俗、二〈梵行品〉是出家別行法。」tr. “Of the two chapters here there are two: the first runs through both lay and monastic, and the second, the chapter on Pure Conduct, is the separate practice of those who have left the household.”〔T35n1732 0033c04〕 The three judgments are all recorded.
  • The relation to the chapter on the Ten Grounds: Chengguan glosses this chapter largely by reference to the chapter on the Ten Grounds — the ten contemplations of the abode of cultivation are 「大同三地」tr. “largely the same as the third ground”〔T35n1735 0636c23〕, the ten things of the abode of noble birth are 「同四地十種法智」tr. “the same as the ten dharma-knowledges of the fourth ground”〔0637b20〕, the abode of childlike purity is 「多同八地」tr. “largely the same as the eighth ground”〔0638c10〕, and the abode of consecration is 「多同大盡分智成就說」tr. “largely the same as the exposition of the accomplishment of the knowledge of the portion of great exhaustion”〔0639b10〕. The practice of the three worthies and the grounds of the ten noble ones share their items of Dharma while differing in the sequence of station, and this relation is a chief place in the Huayan account of the sequence of stations.
  • The relation to the chapter on Pure Conduct: when Chengguan glossed non-retrogression at this chapter's repeated verses he had already cited the meaning of 「初發心時成正覺」tr. “at the first arousing of the mind one accomplishes right awakening”〔T35n1735 0640a22〕, whose text is the next chapter's, Pure Conduct: ‘at the first arousing of the mind one at once gains unsurpassed perfect awakening’; the abode of arousing the mind of this chapter and the meaning of arousing the mind of the next chapter are joined by the sūtra itself.
  • The relation to the Benye jing: Fazang's Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang cites the ten abodes of the Benye jing to establish that the station of abiding of the One Vehicle does not retrogress — 「住位。方得不退故。十住初即不退墮下二乘地。況諸惡趣及凡地耶。設本業經。說十住」tr. “the station of abiding. Because only then is non-retrogression gained. At the first of the ten abodes one does not retrogress and fall into the two lower vehicles; how much less into the evil destinies and the ordinary stages? Suppose the Benye jing. It speaks of the ten abodes”〔T45n1866 0489b01〕. Recorded: which text Fazang means by the Benye jing is not specified (Chengguan’s Benye is the Yingluo, see above), and both are recorded without adjudication; to attest the non-retrogression of the abode-stations of this chapter by the stations of the Benye is one instance of how the Huayan school puts this chapter to use.
  • Doctrinal treatises that cite sentences of this chapter: the Huayan jing zhigui, T45n1871, 「能容大。大非定大故能入小。十住品云。金剛」tr. “can contain the great. Because the great is not fixedly great, therefore it can enter the small. The chapter The Ten Abodes says: vajra”〔T45n1871 0595a02〕 — this directly cites a passage of this chapter's repeated verses, 「無量無數輪圍山,欲令悉入毛孔中」tr. “the measureless and numberless encircling mountains, wishing to make them all enter into a pore”, in order to establish the meaning of the great and the small containing each other (what that work cites is the sixty-fascicle text's wording 「金剛圍山」tr. “the vajra encircling mountains”). Again the same work: 「切位。如十信中有十住乃至十地。如賢首品說。十住等中各攝諸位。皆具二門。如海幢比丘處及十住品等說。」tr. “all the stations. As within the ten faiths there are the ten abodes and so on to the ten grounds. As the chapter The Worthy Head says. Within the ten abodes and the rest each gathers all the stations. Both are furnished with two gates. As is said at the place of the monk Sea Banner and in the chapter The Ten Abodes and the rest.”〔T45n1871 0596a03〕 — this raises this chapter as scriptural ground for ‘one station gathering all stations’, and belongs to citation in doctrinal comparison rather than gloss upon the text of this chapter, and it is recorded.
  • The matching of the stations of the ten faiths and the ten abodes: the Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang, T45n1866, 「心修十信行。信滿心已堪入十住初發心」tr. “the mind cultivates the practice of the ten faiths. The mind of faith being full, one is fit to enter the first arousing of the mind of the ten abodes”〔0496b20〕; and again 「說習種在十住性種在十行。三賢之前。但」tr. “it says that the cultivated seed lies in the ten abodes and the nature seed in the ten practices. Before the three worthies. Only”〔0486a02〕. Both match the stations to doctrinal comparisons and do not gloss the sūtra text of this chapter, and they are recorded. Note: the name of the ten abodes is the sūtra's own, whereas the attribution of the sequence ‘matching the ten abodes to the ten faiths and the ten practices’ comes from the outlines of Chengguan and the other ancient masters, and is not marked by the sūtra itself.
  • 〔not found〕: in the Huayan fajie xuanjing, T45n1883, and the Wangjin huanyuan guan, T45n1876, the two works give zero occurrences of 「十住」tr. “the ten abodes”, and the lack is recorded. The Yanyi chao, T36n1736, was not taken up, and its text for this chapter does not enter this file; the lack is recorded pending supplement. In the excerpted framework of Chengguan's commentary the opening sentence of the outline for ‘the ninth, the abode of the prince’ is not seen (after the eighth, the abode of childlike purity, at 0638c08, it passes directly to the tenth, the abode of consecration, at 0639b06); the outline text for that abode falls outside the excerpt, and the lack is recorded pending supplement.

VIII. Edition Location Register

  • Śikṣānanda, T279 (the base text): The Ten Abodes, fifteenth, from the chapter title 〔T10n0279 0083c29〕 up to just before the title of the next chapter, Pure Conduct, sixteenth 〔0088b05〕. The portion of samādhi 0084a01 · the portion of sustaining 0084a04 · the portion of rising 0084a17 · the main portion 0084a18 · the listing of the names of the ten abodes 0084a22 · the abode of arousing the mind 0084a25 (exhortation to learn 0084b06) · the abode of preparing the ground 0084b13 (exhortation 0084b17) · the abode of cultivation 0084b22 (exhortation 0084b27) · the abode of noble birth 0084c03 (exhortation 0084c07) · the abode of perfected skillful means 0084c13 (exhortation 0084c19) · the abode of the rectified mind 0084c25 (exhortation 0085a07) · the abode of non-retrogression 0085a14 (exhortation 0085a26) · the abode of childlike purity 0085b03 (exhortation 0085b08) · the abode of the prince 0085b15 (exhortation 0085b21) · the abode of consecration 0085b26 (exhortation 0085c06) · the portion of speaking 0085c12 · the portion of corroboration 0085c19 · the portion of repeated verses 0085c28–0088a26.
  • A word-by-word count of the base text — counted word by word and checked against what the ancient masters judge: the repeated verses are two hundred lines, making one hundred verses; the number of verses to each abode is forty-six to the abode of arousing the mind · five to the abode of preparing the ground · five to the abode of cultivation · six to the abode of noble birth · five to the abode of perfected skillful means · four to the abode of the rectified mind · four to the abode of non-retrogression · five to the abode of childlike purity · five to the abode of the prince · six to the abode of consecration, with nine verses of concluding praise — agreeing item by item with what Chengguan's commentary judges at 0639c29–0640b06. The question occurs twenty times (「何者為十」tr. “which ten?” nineteen times · 「何等為十」tr. “which are the ten?” once, the latter only in the proper portion of the abode of cultivation); 「是為十」tr. “these are the ten” occurs nine times (the proper portion of the abode of perfected skillful means has neither the question nor the conclusion, and is the sole exception among the ten abodes); 「有所聞法,即自開解,不由他教故」tr. “whatever dharma he hears, he understands it of himself, not through the teaching of another” occurs ten times; the sentence 「應勸學」tr. “should be exhorted to learn” occurs ten times, its heading clause in four forms: 「應勸學十法」tr. “should be exhorted to learn ten dharmas” six times (arousing the mind · preparing the ground · cultivation · noble birth · perfected skillful means · the rectified mind), 「應勸學十種廣大法」tr. “should be exhorted to learn ten kinds of vast dharma” once (the abode of non-retrogression), 「應勸學十種法」tr. “should be exhorted to learn ten kinds of dharma” twice (childlike purity · the prince), and 「應勸學諸佛十種智」tr. “should be exhorted to learn the ten kinds of knowledge of the Buddhas” once (the abode of consecration). The heading clauses of the repeated verses abode by abode: the passage on the abode of arousing the mind closes with the heading 「此是菩薩發心住」tr. “this is the bodhisattva's abode of arousing the mind”, while the nine abodes from the second onward all mark the name with an ordinal at the head of the passage (as with 「第二治地住菩薩」tr. “the bodhisattva of the second abode, that of preparing the ground” and 「第三菩薩修行住」tr. “the third, the bodhisattva's abode of cultivation”), among which the ordinal and the name of the fifth abode belong to two separate lines: 「從此第五諸菩薩,說名具足方便住」tr. “from here the bodhisattvas of the fifth are named the abode of perfected skillful means”.
  • Buddhabhadra, T278 (the principal Jin-translation witness for collation): The Bodhisattva's Ten Abodes, eleventh, from 〔T09n0278 0444c06〕 up to just before the next chapter, Pure Conduct, twelfth 〔0449a12〕. Entering concentration 0444c07 · the portion of sustaining 0444c12 · the ten knowledges 0444c20 · the stroking of the crown 0444c23 · the main portion 0444c25 · the listing of names 0444c28 · the abode of first arousing the mind 0445a03 · the abode of preparing the ground 0445a19 · the abode of cultivation 0445a29 · the abode of noble birth 0445b10.
  • Zhi Qian, T281 (a separately circulating ancient translation): the Pusa benye jing, The Ten Grounds, third, from 〔T10n0281 0449b25〕 to 〔0450c26〕. Dharma Intent enters concentration 0449c04 · the Buddhas stroke his crown 0449c06 · he speaks on waking from concentration 0449c12 · the listing of the ten names 0449c15 · arousing the intention 0449c18 · preparing the ground 0450a01 · responsive practice 0450a08 · noble birth 0450a15 · accomplishment by cultivation 0450a23 · ascent in practice 0450a29 · non-retrogression 0450b09 · childlike purity 0450b21 · understanding birth 0450b30 · the station of one more birth 0450c09 · the Buddha's praise in conclusion 0450c23.
  • Chengguan, Huayan jing shu, T35n1735: the commentary on The Ten Abodes begins at 0632c21 (the occasion 0632c22 · the gloss of the name 0632c24 · the doctrinal aim 0632c27 · the exposition of the text, four chapters divided in two 0632c28 · the outline of seven portions 0633a04 · the six purposes of entering concentration 0633a07 · the three distinctions of entering concentration 0633a10 · the three aspects of samādhi 0633a16 · the three sections of the portion of sustaining 0633a20 · the three sections of the main portion 0634b14 · the three kinds of substance of the ten abodes 0634b15 · the three sections of the particular setting forth of the names 0635a08 · the citation of the Yingluo 0635a11 · the gloss of the name of preparing the ground 0635a17 · the proper portion of the abode of arousing the mind 0635c23 · the ten conditions and four causes 0635c25 · the three sections of the advancing portion 0636a20 · not going beyond compassion and wisdom 0636a22 · the four distinctions at the abode of preparing the ground 0636b26 · the two meanings of the ten minds 0636b28 · the two portions of the abode of cultivation 0636c21 · largely the same as the third ground 0636c23 · the citation of the Yuqie, fascicle thirty-four 0636c27 · the five sections of the abode of noble birth 0637b12 · the three meanings of birth from the teaching of the sages 0637b13 · the same as the dharma-knowledges of the fourth ground 0637b19 · the abode of perfected skillful means 0637c01 · the wisdom of the abode of the rectified mind 0637c27 · the citation of the Shangzhu tianzi jing 0638a02 · the judgment of the three extremes 0638a03 · the ten divisions of the abode of non-retrogression 0638a19 · the distinguishing of its surpassing the previous station 0638a21 · the abode of childlike purity the same as the eighth ground 0638c08 · the two divisions of the abode of consecration 0639b06 · the virtue and function of the ten clauses 0639b07 · the gathering of all the stations 0639b17 · the one hundred verses of repetition 0639c29 · the forty-six verses of the first abode 0640a03 · the verses gathered into ten knowledges 0640a12 · the three non-retrogressions 0640a19 · the number of verses abode by abode 0640a23 · the nine verses of concluding praise 0640b04 · 「十住位竟」tr. “the stations of the ten abodes are finished” 0640b06) up to just before 0640b14.
  • Fazang, Tanxuan ji, T35n1733: The Ten Abodes, eleventh, begins at 0195b25 (the four glosses of the name 0195b26 · the question and answer on naming person and dharma jointly 0195b29 · the question and answer on the general and the particular name 0195c05 · the occasion 0195c10 · the doctrinal aim 0195c11 · the exposition of the text, four chapters 0195c12 · the question and answer on the advancing portion 0195c16 · the outline of seven portions 0195c22 · the six purposes of entering concentration 0195c24 · the person who enters concentration 0195c28 · the matching of the repeated verses to the stations 0201a11 · the three divisions of the concluding praise 0201a20) up to just before 0201a23.
  • Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lun, T36n1739: The Ten Abodes begins at 0831c18 (the five gates 0831c19 · the gloss of the name 0831c22 · the occasion 0831c24 · the doctrinal aim 0831c28 · the sequence of cutting off delusion 0832a04 · the numbers of the root and secondary afflictions 0832a07 · the citation of Sudhana's verse 0832a11 · not discussing the five views 0832a16 · the eleven afflictions of the ten faiths 0832a19 · the three passages of the abode of arousing the mind 0835a27 · the two hundred dharma-gates 0835b01 · the seven sections of the portion of speaking 0835b05 · the two hundred lines of verse 0835b10 · the figure for the abode of consecration 0835b12) up to just before 0835b18.
  • Zhiyan, Souxuan ji, T35n1732: The Ten Abodes, eleventh, begins at 0033b27 (the five gates 0033b28 · what is counteracted and what is gained 0033b29 · what is accomplished 0033c03 · the two chapters divided in two 0033c04 · Master Guang's eight prefaces 0033c06 · the outline of six portions 0033c08 · the preface of samādhi 0033c11 · the preface of sustaining 0033c14 · the eleven clauses of that for which the sustaining is given 0033c17 · the three deeds of the mark of sustaining 0033c19 · the four purposes of rising 0033c24 · the four sections of the proper exposition 0033c26 · the substance of the two seed-natures 0033c29 · the display of reality and the corroboration 0035a04 · the two hundred and three stanzas of repeated recitation 0035a09 · the matching of understanding and practice abode by abode 0035a15) up to just before 0035a23.
  • Compendia of doctrinal classification: the Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang, T45n1866 (three places, 0486a02 · 0489b01 · 0496b20, raising the ten abodes as an item in the doctrinal comparison of the sequence of stations) · the Huayan jing zhigui, T45n1871 (0595a02, citing this chapter's repeated verse on the encircling mountains · 0596a03, raising this chapter as ground for the stations gathering one another) — all are listings of names under a general heading, and are recorded without adjudication.
  • Variant readings: within the range of T279 covered by this unit, 〔0083c29〕–〔0088b04〕, the Taishō base text carries 11 collation notes, recorded one by one without adjudication (base reading 【大】|variant readings of other witnesses, several witnesses separated by /): 〔0084a23〕住【大】|住法【明】【宮】 · 〔0084c08〕集【大】|習【元】【明】 · 〔0085b15〕王子【大】|法王子【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0085b27〕震【大】*|振【宮】*(*同校並繫〔0086b02〕之震字) · 〔0085c14〕涌【大】*|踊【宋】【元】【明】【宮】*(*同校並繫〔0085c14〕之涌字) · 〔0085c17〕大【大】|天【宋】【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0086b12〕抹【大】|末【宮】 · 〔0087b28〕轉【大】|動【宋】【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0088a21〕抹【大】|末【宮】 · 〔0088b02〕第【大】*|無此字【聖】* · 〔0088b04〕于闐國三藏實叉難陀奉制譯(凡12字)【大】*|新譯【聖】*. (* = a Taishō asterisked collation: the same note also governs the remaining occurrences of that graph in the text; for notes of this class the T279 XML supplies no corresp for the recurrences, so the asterisk alone is shown and no second anchor is created.) The interlinear notes (phonetic and collation glosses) were stripped and recorded at the level of the original-text layer; the original-text layer carries no □ lacuna marks.
  • A further note upon the variant readings: 2 CBETA emendations (not counted among the Taishō collation notes listed above): 〔0085a19〕聞有【CB】|聞【大】/聞有【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0087a09〕己【CB】【磧-CB】|已【大】/已【麗-CB】.

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing. The full statement of AI's role across the 指月 project is maintained at methodology.

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0